Professional Documents
Culture Documents
E-Book BRRB Pre Maths (E)
E-Book BRRB Pre Maths (E)
org
Quantitative
Aptitude
SALIENT FEATURES:
## Chapterwise Discussion
## Topicwise Rules and Examples
## Exercise based on previous papers.
## Easy and comprehensible language
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 3
stportal.mahendras.org
© Copyright Reserved
##No part of this issue can be printed in whole or in part without the written permission of the
publishers.
##All the disputes are subject to Delhi jurisdiction only.
Registered Office
Mahendra Publication Pvt. Ltd., 103, Pragatideep Building, Plot No. 08, Laxminagar,
District Centre, New Delhi - 110092, TIN-09350038898, w.e.f. 12-06-2014
Branch Office
Mahendra Publication Pvt. Ltd. E-42,43,44, Sector-7, Noida (U.P.)
4 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
PREFACE
This gives us immense pleasure to present you the latest edition of this book. We thank you from the depth of our
hearts, for the love and affection given by you just from the beginning. Dear friends, change is the law of nature.
We must learn to tolerate the blows of time with patience and learn not only to endure, but also to expect, welcome,
and enjoy both the joys as well as the sorrows of life. We must do what we can to "get success." We have to operate
with the information and skills that are necessary for winning.
Today’s era is governed by technology. The technology has increased the pace of changing the world we see day by
day, and so the pattern of examination and criteria of selection has also changed. As we are aware that interview is
no more in various examinations so the written/objective exams are going to be tougher than earlier.
Every choice you make — including the thoughts you have — has consequences. When you start choosing the right
behaviour and thoughts — which will take a lot of discipline — you'll get the right outcomes.
Be aware of the factors that influence the way you see the world, so that you can deal with them and react against
them. You are your own most important resource for making your life work. Success is a moving target that must
be tracked and continuously pursued.
In this context we have updated this book keeping the forthcoming examination pattern in mind. This edition caters
to need of Quantitative Aptitude that is asked in Preliminary and Mains stages of most of the Banking and Insur-
ance examinations for various posts. This book is thoroughly based on the latest pattern in which time limit is given
for each section. Every chapter in this book describes the concept with the help of various examples and at the
end gives miscellaneous examples to clear the concepts. Examples have been solved with standard as well as short
methods where needed. At the end of each chapter exercises has been given to master the topic by solving variety
of exam oriented question and also include questions asked in recent Banking Exams. So we have now given a
complete focus on concept building and mastering each topic through this book.
We are truly dedicated to provide you the best among the rest. This book is an initiative from our side to make you
perfect in this subject.
We will be highly gratified, if this book helps students in getting selection.
Any suggestions related to the this book shall always be welcomed and we shall endeavor to incorporate them in
our upcoming issues.
Research Team
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 5
stportal.mahendras.org
CONTENTS
(Sr. No.) (Topic) (Page No.)
1. Simplification 7-18
3. Percentage 25-32
6. Average 51-56
9. Partnership 72-78
6 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
1 SIMPLIFICATION
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 7
stportal.mahendras.org
18 +12 − 21 − 4 + 6
?=29+
24
11 11 ⇒
?= 2 9 + = 29
24 24
∴ Hundred digit of Result = 4
3 3 1 Result = 3456
Ex. 215 + 711 − 500 = ?
5 11 7 (ii) Multiplication of 3 digit Numbers:
432 × 763
Sol. ?= (215 + 711 -500) + 2 3 1 + 1 0 5 − 5 5
385 Step ⇒ 1.
8 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
82
= 64 332 = 1089
92
= 81 34 2
= 1156
102 = 100 352 = 1225
112 = 121 362 = 1296
Unit digit of result = 6
12 2
= 144 37 2
= 1369
Step ⇒ 2.
13 2
= 169 38 2
= 1444
142 = 196 392 = 1521
152 = 225 402 = 1600
16 2
= 256 41 2
= 1681
∴ Ten's digit of Result = 1
17 2
= 289 42 2
= 1764
Step ⇒ 3.
182 = 324 432 = 1849
4 3 2
192 = 361 442 = 1936
20 2
= 400 45 2
= 2025
7 6 3
21 2
= 441 46 2
= 2116
14 +18 +12 = 44
222 = 484 472 = 2209
⇒ 44 + 2 = 46
232 = 529 482 = 2304
Hundred digit of Result = 6
24 2
= 576 49 2
= 2401
Step 4.
4 3 2
25 2
= 625 50 2
= 2500
Type-I. Formula Method:
7 6 3 We know that
21 +24 = 45
(a+b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2 i.e. (a/b)2
= a2 / 2ab / b2
∴ Thousand's digit of Result = 9 Ex. (56)2
Step ⇒ 5.
= (5/6)2
= 52 / 2 × 5 × 6/ 62
6 3
=
25 / 60 / 36
⇒ = 31 / 3 / 6
Required result = 329616 We break number in two parts i.e. 5 & 6 and follow
the rule of (a+b)2 = a2 /2ab/ b2
Square and Square Roots
Ex. (92)2
Square of (1-50) numbers
= (9/2)2
Students you should remeber these squares to speed your
= 81 / 3 6 /04
calculation
12 = 1 262 = 676 = 8464
22 = 4 272 = 729 Ex. Find the square of 112
32 = 9 282 = 784 I. Method :
42 = 16 292 = 841 (We break 112 in two parts like that (11/2)
52 = 25 302 = 900 (11/ 2)2 = 112 / 2 × 11 × 2 / 22
62 = 36 312 = 961
= 125 / 4 / 4
7 2
= 49 32 2
= 1024 12544
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 9
stportal.mahendras.org
II. Method : Ex. 3
(We break 112 in two parts like that 1 / 12) (103) 2 = 103 +3 / 3 2
Ex. 2
Ex.
98 = (98 -2 )
2
2 2
2
15
(1 8 5 ) = 1 8 5 -1 5 / 15
2
= 96 / 04
= 170 225
982 = 9604
×2
Ex. 15
(85) 2 = (85-15) 15 2 = 340 / 225
2
= 342 / 25
= 70 25
= 34225
= 72 / 25
Similarly we can use 200, 300--------base method.
852 = 7225 Type-IV :
Type-II : 1000 base (When the number is near about 1000)
(When the number is more than 100) Ex. 2
2
(9 9 8 ) = 9 9 8 -2 / 2
2
Ex. 8
(1 0 8 ) 2 = 1 0 8 + 8 82 = 996 / 004
= 116 / 64 (998)2 = 996004
(108)2 =11664 Since base is 1000 therefore Right hand side part one
Since 108 is more than 100 by 8 we add 8 to 108. in three digit.
10 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Ex.
2
12
4 4 1 =21
(1 0 1 2 ) = 1 0 1 2 + 1 2 / 12
2
Non-perfect square :
= 1024 / 144
If square root of any number is not integer but fraction
(1012)2 = 1024144 or decemal then number is said to be Non-perfect square
Ex. 2
8 number.
(1 0 0 8 ) = 1 0 0 8 + 8 / 8
2
5, 200
= 1016 / 064 How to find square root of perfect square number
(1008)2 = 1016064
Ex. Find the 2601
Special Type :
When unit place of the number is 5.
(x5)2 = x (x+1)/25
Ex. (75)2 = 7 × 8 / 52
= 56 / 25
(75) = 5625
2
Ex. (85)2 = 8 × 9 / 52
= 72 / 25 Ans = 51
(85)2 = 7225 Rules :
Ex. (105) = 10 × 11 / 5
2 2
For unit place of the answer we see that last digit of
2
= 110 / 25 the question i.e. 1 (see the above table)
(105) = 11025
2 For the ten’s place of the ans. we always take smaller
number whose square is most nearest to 26.
Square Roots:
(i.e. 5)
See the given table :
In the above process we find two ans. i.e. 51 or 59
By oberving unit place of any number we can find
the unit place of its square root. We multiply ten digit number to next number
1 i.e. 5 × 6 = 30)
1 now compare 26 to 30 (we find that 26 is less than
9
4 30).
4 Therefore in both the ans. 51 and 59 the least ans is
8
correct.
5 5
Other example.
4
6 Ex.
6
3
9
7
0 0
Note: We can see a perfect square number may have 0, 1,
4 , 5, 6, 9 at unit place It means if a number has 2, 3, 7, 8
at its unit place it will not be a perfect square number Since 92 is greater than 90 therefore in both the ans.
96 is correct.
If a number has 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 or 9 at its unit place it has
a chance to be a perfect square number. Ex.
Perfect square :
If square root of any number is integer then number
is said to be perfect square number.
Ex. 36 = 6
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 11
stportal.mahendras.org
Now 11 × 12 = 132
Surds and Indices
125 is less than 132 An index (plural: indices) is the power, or exponent, of a
∴ 112 is correct answer. number. For example, a3 has an index of 3.
A surd is an irrational number that can be expressed with
Cube & Cube Root
roots, such as 2 or 1 9 .
5
12 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
The word ‘VBODMAS’ represents the order of calculation Ex. 2415 × 655 ÷ 9600 = ?
i.e. order of signs
1
Sol. 49 × 26 × = ? , ? ≈ 13
Ex. 15 ÷ 5 (18 - 1 5 − 2 1 ) = ? 98
Sol. ? = 18 ÷ 5 (18-(-6)) Ex. 30.02 % of 261 + 59.98 % of 512 - 104.001 = ?
? = 18 ÷ 5 (24) = 18 ÷ 120 30 510
Sol. 260 × + × 60 – 104 = ? ,
18 3 100 100
?= =
120 20 ? ≈ 280
2 1 1 1 1 Ex. 249 299 14
Ex. ÷ − − = ? × ÷ =?
3 3 3 6 2 15 19 99
250 300 98
2 1 1 1 Sol. × × = ? , ? ≈ 1850
?= ÷ + 15 19 14
3 3 3 3
Ex.
( )
2
9 0 0 .0 1 5 – 8 .9 6 6
2 1 2 3 =?
÷ [2 ] = × = 1
?=
( )
2
3 3 3 2 5 7 5 .7 5 7 – 4 4 1 .1 1 1
Approximation:
( )
2
Sol. ? ≈
900 – 9
≈
(3 0 – 3 )2 ≈ 81
Approximation is the way of calculation in which we take
( ) (2 4 – 2 1)2
2
estaimated value is place of exact or real value. Now a days 576 – 441
approximation question are asked usually in PO exams and
8 9 8 × (1 2 .0 0 4 ) + ? = 5 0 0 0
2
clerk mains exams Ex.
There is no fix rule to calculate but depends on you which Sol. 900 ×122 + ? = 5000
technique suits you.
? = 5000–4320 = 680
In following examples we would try to find the find value by
Ex. 125% of 8475 + 88 × 14.995 = ?
taking nearest value and answer of these questions depend
upon the choices of given options. Sol. ? = 10595 + 1320 = 11900 (Approx)
What approximate value will come in place of question Ex. 721.001 × 7.998 + 6.05 × 8.010 = ?
mark (?) in the questions given below? Sol. ? = 5760 + 48 = 5800 (Approx)
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 13
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1-30. What will come in place of question mark (?) in the following questions?
Q.1. 18.5(17+18–3)–12.52=?
(1) 465.75 (2) 435.75 (3) 435.25 (4) -425.75 (5) None of these
Q.2. 175% of 480–87.5% of 288=?
(1) 544 (2) 588 (3) 584 (4) 455 (5) None of these
3 1
Q.3. 12 × ÷ + 12 ÷ 30 = ?
4 2
(1) 17.4 (2) 18.5 (3) 18.6 (4) 15.75 (5) None of these
Q.4. 17.52+192+123–133=?×5
(1) 39.35 (2) 37.65 (3) 36.65 (4) 39.65 (5) None of these
Q.5. 225% of 660 – 175% of 224= ?% of 800
(1) 136.625 (2) 136.25 (3) 132.625 (4) 132.25 (5) None of these
Q.6. 196 × 948 ÷ ? = 1176
(1) 148 (2) 158 (3) 128 (4) 160 (5) None of these
Q.7. (91) + (41) -
2 2
? = 9858
(1) 11236 (2) 10816 (3) 10404 (4) 9604 (5) None of these
Q.8. 42% of 445 - 25% of 354 =?
(1) 95.8 (2) 98.4 (3) 102.4 (4) 89.4 (5) None of these
Q.9. 8442 ÷ 576 − ? = 351
(1) 1.50 (2) 0.75 (3) 1.75 (4) 0.55 (5) None of these
Q.10. ?% of 340 + 48% of 480 = 451.40
(1) 95 (2) 85 (3) 130 (4) 65 (5) None of these
Q.11. (75)2 ÷ ? − 113 = 12
(1) 45 (2) 1225 (3) 2025 (4) 35 (5) None of these
Q.12. (3 ) = 19683
? ?
(1) 41409 (2) 42105 (3) 40219 (4) 39319 (5) None of these
Q.16. 24 + 96 + 216 + 384 = 5 2 × ?
(1) 250 (2) 260 (3) 240 (4) 270 (5) 280
14 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
(1) 338 (2) 332 (3) 330 (4) 336 (5) None of these
Q.25. 1 1 4
1 + ?− 3 = 1÷ 2
3 9 7
2 1 1 2
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 6 (4) 2 (5) None of these
6 6 3
1
Q.26.
3 3 7 5 3 × 8 5 4 × 5 14 ÷ 4 5 4 × 5 × 3 −3 = 1 7 ?
(7 0 )
2
Q.28. 2
−? ×12.5 = 850 ×72
(1) 14272 (2) 14274 (3) 14270 (4) 14278 (5) None of these
Q.31-42.What approximate value should come in place of question mark (?) in the questions given below?
Q.31. 0.98 × 10.9 + 48% of 56 – 46.34 = ?
(1) 35 (2) 40 (3) 50 (4) 45 (5) 30
Q.32. 71.8% of 419-11.972=?% of 399
(1) 31 (2) 52 (3) 45 (4) 37 (5) 27
Q.33. 432+532-153=400% of ?
(1) 320 (2) 350 (3) 375 (4) 420 (5) 280
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 15
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.34. 77.92×93.1-44.87×40.996=?
(1) 5200 (2) 5400 (3) 5700 (4) 6100 (5) 4900
Q.35. ? =479% of 121- 400% of 105
2
(1) 120 (2) 180 (3) 150 (4) 295 (5) 157
Q.42. 5 2 8 .6 4 + 8 4 1 .4 6 = ?
(1) 45 (2) 57 (3) 42 (4) 63 (5) 52
16 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE EXPLANATION
Q.1.(2) 592-156.25=? Q.17.(1) 800 × ? = 293 − 750 × 22
100 100
?=435.75
? = 16
Q.2.(2) 840-252=? Q.18.(2) 3
12167 ÷ 46 × 8 + (2 2)6 − 256 = ?
1
?=588 23 × × 8 + 512 − 256 = ?, 4 + 512 − 256 = ?
46
3 1
Q.3.(5) 12 × ÷ + 12 ÷ 30 = ? ? = 260
4 2
Q.19.(1) (4 × 4)3 ÷ (512 ÷ 8)4 × (32 × 8)4 = ( 2 × 2)? + 4
2 46−12+16 = 4? + 4
18 + = 18.4
5 ?=6
Q.4.(4) 306.25+361+1728–2197=?×5
Q.20.(3) 240 = 16×? , ? = 15
?=39.65
Q.21.(4) 5720+129.6+345.25=?, ? =6194.85
Q.5.(1) 1485–392=?×8 Q.22.(2) ?= 25×36÷18 = 50 (approx)
?=1093/8 Q.23.(4) 116 × 86 + (?)2 = 7216 + 6241
?=136.625 (?)2 = 7216 + 6241 - 9976
Q.6.(2) ? = 196 × 948 ÷ 1176 (?)2 = 3481, ? = 59
? = 158 Q.24.(4) 3 3
2
4 80
Q.7.(2) (8281 + 1681 – 9858)2 = ? × ×? = 22 + 4
32 560
? = 1042 = 10816
Q.8.(2) ? = 186.9 - 88.5 (2 + 4 ) × 5 6 0 × 3 2
?= = 336
4 × 80
? = 98.4
Q.25.(2) 4 28 7 , 7 4 28
Q.9.(2) ? = 351.75 - 351 + ?− =1× ?= − +
3 9 18 18 3 9
? = 0.75
7 − 24 + 56 39 13 1
34 ?= = = =2
Q.10.(4) ?× = 451.40 − 230 .40 18 18 6 6
10
221 Q.26.(3) 1
? = 34 × 10 3 3 7 5 3 × 8 5 4 × 5 14 ÷ 4 5 4 × 5 × 3 −3 = 1 7 ?
? = 65
15 ×17 4 × 5 4 ×17 4 × 3 4 × 33
75 × 75
= 1 7 ? , ? =8
= ? 154 × 34 × 5
Q.11.(3) 125
? = 45 × 45, ? = 2025 Q.27.(1) 4? × (0.31 × 0.8 × 1.8) = 28.5696
Q.12.(1) (3?)? = (3)9= (33)3 2 8 .5 6 9 6
4? =
?=3 0 .3 1 × 0 .8 × 1 .8
Q.13.(4) ? = 880.88 4? = 64 = 43
(4900 − ? )
2
? = 3.7 + 2.6 + 5.4 - 5.2, ? = 6.5 Q.28.(2) ×12.5 = 850 ×72
Q.15.(1) 42849 + 40 × 35 - 40 = ?, ? = 41409 850 × 72
(4900 − ? )
2
= ,
Q.16.(3) 2 6 +4 6 +6 6 +8 6 =5 2 ×?
1 2 .5
(4900 − ? )
2
= 4896
20 6
?= =4 3
5 2 4900 - ? = 4896, ? = 4
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 17
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.29.(3) ?2 = 3025 Q.36.(1) ?2=8650
? = 55 ?=93 (approx)
64 × 59
Q.30.(3) (7414 + 3698 + 1257 + 1869) + 7 5 9 - 6 4 1 = ? Q.37.(4) 9261 – 1610 = ?3
14238 + 32 = ?, ? = 14270
?3 =7651
Q.31.(4) 11+41 – 7 = 45 (approx)
? = 20 (approx)
Q.32.(4) ?=(302-144)/4
Q.38.(1) ? = 28 + 3740 = 3770 (Approx)
?=37 (approx)
Q.33.(1) 1849+2809-3375=4×? Q.39.(1) ? = 4560 + 1449 = 6000 (Approx)
Notes
18 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
2 Number Series
Number series is a order of numbers which are not arranged 3. Geometric Series : Under this category, each successive
randomly but follow a pattern. Here in this not we will number is obtained by multiplying (or dividing) the previous
understand how to identify which kind of pattern is following number with a fixed number.
because without this it is next to impossible to have a Ex. 5, 35, 245, 1715, ?
command on number series.
Sol. Here previous number is multiplied by 7, hence answer
Types of Series is 12005
There are different type of number series, which is based on Ex. 43923, 3993, 363, 33, ?
some of the important rules or order.
Sol. Here previous number is divided by 11, hence answer
1. Pure Series : In this type of number series, the number is 3.
itself obeys certain order so that the character of the series
Ex. 336, 168, 84, 42, 21, ?
can be found out.
Sol. Here previous number is divided by 2,
The number itself may be:
hence answer is 10.5.
(i) Even Number : 4. Two-tier Arithmetic Series : Under this category, the
Ex. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, ? differences of successive numbers form an arithmetic series.
Sol. 12
Ex. 4, 5, 9, 16, 26, 39, 55 ?
(ii) Odd Number :
Sol.
Ex. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, ? 4 5 9 16 26 39 55 74
Sol. 11
(iii) Prime Number : +1 +4 +7 +1 0 +1 3 +1 6 +1 9
+ 5 + 10 + 15 + 20 + 25 Types of Question:
There are 3 type of questions usually asked in Banking
Ex. 1348, 1338, 1318, 1288, 1248, ? examination.
Sol. 1. Missing Number series.
1348 1338 1318 1288 1248 11 9 8
2. Wrong number series
Similarly,
∴ (E) = 184×5 + (5) = 920 + 5 = 925
20 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1-25. What should come in the place of question mark (?) in the following number series?
Q.1. 5 25 7 ? 9 19
(1) 23 (2) 22 (3) 25 (4) 32 (5) None of these
Q.2. 7 18 40 84 172 ?
(1) 326 (2) 328 (3) 330 (4) 332 (5) None of these
Q.3. 100 50 52 26 28 ?
(1) 30 (2) 32 (3) 14 (4) 16 (5) None of these
Q.4. 980 392 156.8 ? 25.088 10.0352
(1) 62.72 (2) 63.85 (3) 65.04 (4) 60.28 (5) None of these
Q.5. 113 225 449 ? 1793
(1) 789 (2) 786 (3) 897 (4) 987 (5) None of these
Q.6. 5 12 39 160 805 ?
(1) 4163 (2) 4153 (3) 4181 (4) 4836 (5) None of these
Q.7. 2 10 30 68 ?
(1) 126 (2) 130 (3) 140 (4) 150 (5) None of these
Q.8. 45 46 70 141 ? 1061.5
(1) 353 (2) 353.5 (3) 352.5 (4) 352 (5) None of these
Q.9. 33 321 465 537 573 ?
(1) 600 (2) 591 (3) 585 (4) 498 (5) None of these
Q.10. 2 9 ? 105 436 2195
(1) 25 (2) 27 (3) 30 (4) 33 (5) None of these
Q.11. 4 6 14 44 ? 892
(1) 176 (2) 172 (3) 178 (4) 1821 (5) None of these
Q.12. 126 64 34 20 14 ?
(1) 12 (2) 14 (3) 16 (4) 18 (5) None of these
Q.13. 16 8 12 30 ? 472.5
(1) 100 (2) 105 (3) 205 (4) 300 (5) None of these
Q.14. 25 34 30 39 35 ?
(1) 45 (2) 44 (3) 46 (4) 50 (5) None of these
Q.15. 10 11 13 21 69 ?
(1) 384 (2) 490 (3) 453 (4) 390 (5) None of these
Q.16. 8 4 4 6 12 30 ?
(1) 80 (2) 85 (3) 90 (4) 95 (5) None of these
Q.17. 32 ? 92 134 184
(1) 55 (2) 38 (3) 45 (4) 58 (5) None of these
Q.18. 11 16 26 ? 86
(1) 46 (2) 56 (3) 76 (4) 86 (5) None of these
Q.19. 198 194 185 169 ?
(1) 154 (2) 165 (3) 144 (4) 134 (5) None of these
Q.20. 9050 5675 3478 2147 ?
(1) 3478 (2) 1418 (3) 2428 (4) 3678 (5) None of these
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 21
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.21. 5 17 37 65 ? 145.
(1) 95 (2) 99 (3) 97 (4) 101 (5) None of these
Q.22. 95 115.5 138 ? 189.
(1) 154.5 (2) 164.5 (3) 162.5 (4) 166.5 (5) None of these
Q.23. 3 4.5 9 22.5 67.5 ? 945
(1) 265.25 (2) 236.25 (3) 225.36 (4) 150 (5) None of these
Q.24. 8544 1420 280 ? 18 5
(1) 33 (2) 44 (3) 56 (4) 66 (5) None of these
Q.25. 812 398 ? 90 40 16
(1) 192 (2) 182 (3) 172 (4) 162 (5) None of these
Q.26-35. In the following number series one number is wrong. Find the wrong number.
Q.26. 6072 1000 200 48 14 5
(1) 6072 (2) 1000 (3) 5 (4) 48 (5) 14
Q.27. 198 165 148 117 104 77
(1) 165 (2) 148 (3) 198 (4) 104 (5) 77
Q.28. 445 221 109 53 23 11
(1) 445 (2) 221 (3) 23 (4) 53 (5) 11
Q.29. -1/2 0 1/6 1 3/2 2
(1) 1/2 (2) 3/2 (3) 2 (4) 1/6 (5) -1/2
Q.30. 3 9 39 113 265 577
(1) 3 (2) 113 (3) 39 (4) 577 (5) 265
Q.31. 7 15 42 126 231
(1) 42 (2) 231 (3) 126 (4) 15 (5) 7
Q.32. 8 19 41 65 118
(1) 65 (2) 8 (3) 41 (4) 65 (5) 118
Q.33. 13 13 27 21 33 53
(1) 13 (2) 33 (3) 27 (4) 21 (5) 53
Q.34. 7 8 17 42 90
(1) 90 (2) 7 (3) 17 (4) 42 (5) 91
Q.35. 10 11 24 65 304
(1) 10 (2) 24 (3) 65 (4) 11 (5) 304
Q.36-40. In the following number series questions a series a given. First you have to find out the pattern given in the series
then followed by this pattern you make new series whose first term is given.
Q.36. 2, 15, 92, 463, 1856, 5561
3 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Which of the following numbers will come in place of (c) ?
(1) 670 (2) 672 (3) 673 (4) 675 (5) None of these
Q.37. 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16
998 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Which of the following numbers will come in place of (d) ?
(1) 61.275 (2) 62.375 (3) 63.475 (4) 60.275 (5) None of these
22 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.38. 3, 5, 12, 38, 154, 772
7 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Which of the following numbers will come in place of (c) ?
(1) 56 (2) 60 (3) 61 (4) 62 (5) None of these
Q.39. 9, 22, 24, 37, 39, 52, 54
11 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Which of the following numbers will come in place of (d) ?
(1) 39 (2) 41 (3) 45 (4) 50 (5) None of these
Q.40. 4, 4, 6, 12, 30, 90
18 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Which of the following numbers will come in place of (e) ?
(1) 405 (2) 403 (3) 404 (4) 402 (5) None of these
Q.41. The number series 1 , 3 , 9 , 31, 129 follow a certain pattern then 5, ______,17, ---------1131. If 1131 is nth term
then the value of n is-
(1) 5 (2) 4 (3) 8 (4) 10 (5) None of these
Q.42. 4, 2, 2, 3, 6, 15,..………., 2835. If 2835 is nth term then the value of n is
(1) 9 (2) 8 (3) 10 (4) 11 (5) 12
Q.43. If one series is 1.5, 6, 22, 93, 471, 2833 and another series which follows same pattern as given series is 2.5, __,
__, __, __, x then x = ?
(1) 2369 (2) 3553 (3) 2961 (4) 4145 (5) 945
Q.44. A series is given as 6, 3, 3, 4.5, 9, 22.5, …. and it’s pth term is 4252.5. Find the value of P.
(1) 10 (2) 11 (3) 9 (4) 8 (5) 12
Q.45. A series is 113, 170, 232, 303, 399, 556, 838. Another series is 93, __, __, __, __, __, m. Which follows same
pattern as given number series. Then m= ?
(1) 808 (2) 443 (3) 626 (4) 818 (5) 909
Notes
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 23
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE EXPLANATION
Q.1.(2) Q.29.(4) (+1/2), (+1/2), (+1/2), (+1/2), (+1/2)
5 25 7 22 9 19
Q.30.(2) -3 9 41 113 265 577
+2 +2
-3 -3 +1 2 +3 2 +7 2 +1 52 +3 12
Q.2.(5) +11, +22, +44, +88 +2 0 +4 0 +8 0 +1 60
Q.3.(3) 100 50 52 26 28 14 Q.31.(3) 23, 33, 43, 53
Q.32.(4) +11, +22, +33, +44
÷2 ÷2 ÷2 Q.33.(3) +(02+0), +(12+1), +(22+2), +(32+3)
980 392 1568 62.72 25.088 Q.34.(1) +(1)2, +(3)2, +(5)2, +(7)2
Q.4.(1)
Q.35.(3) ×1+1, ×2+2, ×3+3, ×4+4
2 2 2 2 Q.36.(3) ×7+1, ×6+2, ×5+3, ×4+4
×5 × × ×
5 5 5
Q.37.(2) ÷2, ÷2,÷2, ÷2, ÷2
Q.38.(4) ×1+2, ×2+2, ×3+2, ×4+2
Q.5.(3)
113 225 449 897 179 3 Q.39.(2) +13, +2, +13, +2, +13, +2
×2-1 ×2-1 ×2-1 ×2-1
Q.40.(1) ×1, ×1.5, ×2, ×2.5
Q.41.(1) 5×1+2=7
Q.6.(4) ×2+2, ×3+3, ×4+4, ×5+5, ×6+6 7×2+3=17
Q.7.(2) 2 10 30 68 130 17×3+4=55
55×4+5=225
225×5+6=1131
(1) 3 +1 (2) 3 +2 (3) 3 +3 (4) 3 +4 (5) 3 +5 Q.42.(1) 4×0.5=2
Q.8.(2) ×1+1, ×1.5+1, ×2+1, ×2.5+1, ×3+1 2×1=2
Q.9.(2) +288, +144, +72, +36, +18 2×1.5=3
3×2=6
Q.10.(3) ×1+(1×7), ×2+(2×6), ×3+(3×5), ×2+(4×4)
6 × 2.5 = 15
Q.11.(3) (×1+2) (×2+2) (×3+2) (×4+2) (×5+2) 15 × 3 = 45
Q.12.(1) ÷2+1, ÷2+2, ÷2+3, ÷2+4, ÷2+5 45 × 3.5 = 157.5
Q.13.(2) ×0.5, ×1.5, ×2.5, ×3.5, ×4.5 157.5 × 4 = 630
Q.14.(2) +9, -4, +9, -4, +9 630 × 4.5 = 2835
Q.15.(3) +1, +2, +8, +48, +384 10th term = 2835
Q.43.(2) 1.5×2+3 = 6 ,6×3+4=22 ,
Q.16.(3) ×0.5, ×1, ×1.5, ×2
22×4+5=93,93×5+6 = 471, 471×6+7= 2833
Q.17.(4) +26, +34, +42, +50 Similarly for next series x = 3553
Q.18.(1) +5, +10, +20, +40 Q.44.(1) 6×0.5 = 3, 3×1=3 , 3×1.5=4.5 ,4.5×2=9 ,
Q.19.(3) -22, -32, -42, -52...... 9×2.5=22.5……945×4.5 =4252.5
Q.20.(2) -153, -133, -113, -93...... 113 170 232 303 399 556 838
Q.21.(4) 2 +1, 4 +1, 6 +1, 8 +1, 10 +1, 12 +1
2 2 2 2 2 2
Q.45.(4) +57 +62 +71 +96 +157 +282
Q.22.(3) +20.5, +22.5, +24.5, +26.5
+5 +9 +25 +61 +125
Q.23.(2) ×1.5 ×2 ×2.5 ×3 ×3.5 ×4
+4 +16 +36 +64
Q.24.(4) ÷6-4, ÷5-4, ÷4-4, ÷3-4, ÷2-4
Second Series
Q.25.(1) ÷2-8, ÷2-7, ÷2-6, ÷2-5, ÷2-4 93 150 212 283 379 536 818
Q.26.(2) -12÷6, -10÷5, -8÷4, -6÷3, -4÷2, -2÷1
+57 +62 +71 +96 +157 +282
Q.27.(3) (142+4), (132-4), (122-4), (112-4), (102-4), (92-4),
(82-4) +5 +9 +25 +61 +125
Q.28.(3) (-224), (-112), (-56), (-28), (-14), (-7) +4 +16 +36 +64
24 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
3 Percentage
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 25
stportal.mahendras.org
VI. If the price of a commodity increases by R%, then % Ex. If the present population of a town is 72600 and it
reduction in the consumption as not to increase the is decreased by 10% per annum. What will be its
expenditure is- population 2 years hence?
LM R × 100 OP% Sol.
Population after n years = P 1 −
R
n
MN b100 + R g PQ Here P = 72600
1 0 0
= P 1−
FG R IJ n applied first final change will be always same.
H 100 K 40 − 25 −
25 × 40
100
=5
2. Population n years ago
5 ×10
P Again 5 + 10 + = 15.5
=
FG
1−
R
n
IJ 100
H100 K So final change will be increase of 17.5%.
26 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1. If the income of Ram is 20% more than Shyam’s income. How much percent Shyam’s income is less than that of Ram’s
income?
2
(1) 12% (2) 20% (3) 30% (4) 40% (5) 1 6 %
3
Q.2. When numerator of a fraction is increased by 40% and denominator increased by 80% the resultant fraction becomes
14
2 7 . Find the original fraction ?
2 1 4 3
(1) 3 (2) 3 (3) 3 (4) 3 (5) 4
Q.3. A reduction of 5% in the price of tea a person would enable to obtain 5 kg. more for Rs. 2000. Find the reduced
rate per kg.(new rate) of tea.
(1) Rs. 30 (2) Rs. 40 (3) Rs. 20 (4) Rs. 50 (5) Rs. 10
Q.4. Due to increase in the price of sugar by 25%, a man able to purchase 1/2 kg less sugar for Rs.96. Find the original
rate per kg.
(1) Rs.40 (2) Rs.50 (3) Rs.38.4 (4) Rs.52 (5) Rs.30.4
Q.5. In an examination, a student who gets 20% of the maximum marks fails by 5 marks. Another student who scores
30% of the maximum marks gets 20 marks more than the pass marks. The necessary percentage required for
passing is
(1) 32% (2) 23% (3) 22% (4) 20% (5) None of these
Q.6. In a town, 60% registered voters cast their votes in the election. Only two candidates (A and
B) were contesting the election. A won the election by 1860 votes. Had B received 40% more
votes, the result would have been a tie. How many registered votes are there in the town?
(1) 10580 (2) 10880 (3) 10550 (4) 10850 (5) 10250
Q.7. lf A has 4/5 of the number of books that shelf B has. If 25% of the books A are transferred to B and then 25
% of the books from B are transferred to A then the percentage of the total number of books that in shelf A is:
(1) 25% (2) 50% (3) 75% (4) 100% (5)
Q.8. In an election survey, 30% people promised to vote candidate A and remaining promised to vote for candidate B.
If on the day of election x% percent of people who promised to vote for A, voted for B and 40% of people who
promised to vote B voted against him and in the end B lost by 10 votes. What is value of x, if total 250 votes were
there?
(1) 20 (2) 30 (3) 50 (4) 70 (5) None of these
Q.9. Mr. Ram Niwas Singh spent 20% of his monthly income on food and 15% on children's education. 40%
of the remaining, he spent on entertainment and transport together and 30% on the medical. He is left with
an amount of Rs.8775 after all these expenditures. What is Mr. Ram Niwas Singh's monthly income?
(1) Rs.40000 (2) Rs.35000 (3) Rs.42000 (4) Rs.38000 (5) None of these
Q.10. When the price of rice was increase by 25%, a family reduced its consumption in such a way that the expenditure
of rice was only 10% more than before. If 50 kg. were consumed before, find the new consumption?
(1) 44 kg. (2) 45 kg. (3) 43 kg. (4) 46 kg. (5) 42 kg.
Q.11. If the price of salt decrease by 20%, then by what percent consumption should be increase to keep the expenditure
same?
(1) 27 % (2) 26 % (3) 25 % (4) 36 % (5) 30 %
Q.12. A number wrongly divided by 5, instead of multiplied by 5. Find the percent error in result.
(1) 92% (2) 93% (3) 97% (4) 96% (5) 60%
Q.13. If the radius of a circle increased by 20%, then what is the percent change in area?
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 27
stportal.mahendras.org
(1) 44% (2) 45% (3) 43% (4) 46% (5) 42%
Q.14. In an examination 45% student passed mathematics, 50% students passed in english and 15% failed in both subjects.
If 150 students passed in both subjects, find out the total no. of students?
(1) 1200 (2) 1100 (3) 1400 (4) 1500 (5) 1600
Q.15. In a class of 40 students and 2 teachers, each student got toffee that are 10% of the total number of students and
each teacher got toffee that are 15% of the total number of students. How many toffee were there?
(1) 166 (2) 176 (3) 172 (4) 177 (5) 173
Q.16. A 120 ltrs solution of milk and water contains 20% water, what quantity of water must be added with that solution
to get 25% water?
(1) 8 liter (2) 6 liter (3) 3 liter (4) 4 liter (5) 5 liter
Q.17. A person spent 40% of his income. If his income is increased by 20% then his expenditure also increased by 50%.
Find the % change in his saving?
(1) 30% (2) 40% (3) 45% (4) 50% (5) No Change
Q.18. A man income is increased by Rs.5000 and at the same time, the rate of tax to be paid reduced from 10% to 9%.
He now pays the same amount of tax as before. What is his increased income if 20% of his income is exempted
from tax in both cases?
(1) Rs.30000 (2) Rs.60000 (3) Rs.40000 (4) Rs.50000 (5) Rs.20000
Q.19. 75 Litres of mixture contains 20% spirit and rest of water. If 5 ltrs of water be mixed with it, the percent of spirit
in the new mixture.
2 3
(1) 16 % (2) 18 % (3) 15% (4) 25% (5) 26%
3 4
Q.20. Total salary of A and B is Rs. 1500. A spends 90% while B spends 80% of his salary. If ratio of their savings are 3
: 4 then what is the salary of A and B?
(1) Rs. 900, Rs. 600 (2) Rs.600, Rs. 900 (3) Rs.800, Rs. 600 (4) Rs. 700, Rs. 900 (5) Rs. 600, Rs. 800
Q.21. Two numbers are less than the third number by 50% and 54% respectively.By how much percent is the second
number less than the first number?
(1) 13% (2) 10% (3) 12%
(4) Cannot be determined (5) None of these
Q.22. Aman's expense is 30% more than Vimal's expense and Vimal's expense is 10% less than Raman's expense. If the
sum of their expense is Rs. 6447, then what would be the Aman's expense?
(1) Rs. 2,200 (2) Rs. 2,457 (3) Rs. 1,890 (4) Rs. 2,100 (5) None of these
Q.23. Sumitra has an average of 56% on her first 7 examinations. How much she should make on her eighth examination
to obtain an average of 60% on 8 examinations?
(1) 88% (2) 78% (3) 98%
(4) Cannot be determined (5) None of these
Q.24. Two Candidates A and B participate in election. 80% of the total people, cast the votes, in which A received 55%
of the total votes caste. Difference between votes recieved by A and B is 1344. What is the number of registered
votes?
(1) 14200 (2) 18200 (3) 16500 (4) 16800 (5) None of these
Q.25. On republic day, in a class only 45 student appear thus it is decided that each student will get number of chocolate
equal to 40% of the number of student present in class. After distribution of chocolate 45 more student join the
class so it is decided that now the new student will get only number of chocolates equal to the 10% of the total
student present in class. Find the total number of chocolate distributed in class.
28 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
(1) 1200 (2) 1210 (3) 1215 (4) 1220 (5) Data inadequate
Q.26. Mr Mishra spent 20% of his monthly income on petrol and household . Out of the remaining he spent 15% on
children’s education ,25% on transport and 20% on entertainment .He is left with an amount of Rs7,200 after
incurring above expences .What is his monthly income?
(1) Rs 1,44,000 (2) Rs 36,000 (3) Rs 7,2,000 (4) Rs 1,14,000 (5) None of these
Q.27. Vijayshree got 273 marks in an examination and got 5% more than the pass percentage. If Subhi got 312 marks,
then by what percentage above the pass marks did she pass the exam ?
(1) 9% (2) 12.5% (3) 20% (4) 25% (5) None of these
Q.28. Fresh fruits contain 75% while dry fruits contain 20% water. If the weight of dry fruits is 300 kg, what was its total
weight when it was fresh ?
(1) 900 kg (2) 850 kg (3) 920 kg (4) 960 kg (5) None of these
Q.29. The monthly income of Shyama and Kamal together is Rs. 28000. The income of Shyama and Kamal is increased
by 25% and 12.5% respectively. The new income of Kamal becomes 120% of the new salary of Shyama. What is
the new income of Shyama ?
(1) Rs. 12000 (2) Rs. 18000 (3) Rs. 14000 (4) Rs. 16000 (5) Rs. 15000
Q.30. Chhaya bought a watch costing Rs. 1404 including sales tax at 8% She asked the shopkeeper to reduce the price
of the watch so that she can save the amount equal to the tax. The reduction of the price of the watch is ?
(1) Rs. 108 (2) Rs. 104 (3) Rs. 112 (4) Rs. 120 (5) None of these
Notes
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 29
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE EXPLANATION
Q.1.(5) Method-I. 100
By using formula- = 48 × = 3 8 .4 Rs.
125
r 20 Q.5.(3) According to the question,
less % = ×100 = ×100
100 + r 100 + 20 20% + 5 = 30% – 20
10% = 20 + 5 = 25
20 2 100% = 250
= ×100 = 16 %
120 3 Passing marks = 75 – 20 = 55
Method-II.
55
1 0 0% Required percentage = ×100
100 = 22%
Since 20% more Tw o to ols 250
1 2 0%
Q.6.(4) According to question,
100
Less % = 2 0 × ....... (To decrease any A – 0.4B = 1.4B
110
A = 1.8B
number, we, multiply with small number and
A:B=9:5
divide with large number.)
Difference (9 – 5 = 4) = 1860
2
= 16 %
3 14 = 1860 ×14= 6510
Q.2.(1) Method-I: 4
5
x Total registerted vote = 6510 × = 10850
Let the original fraction be then- 3
y
Q.7.(2) Let the number of books in shelf B be 100.
x × 40 x ×140 ∴ Number of books in shelf A = {(100 × 4)/5} =
x + 1 0 0 1 4 100 14
= ⇒ = 80
y × 80 27 y × 180 27 On transferring 25% i.e. of books of shelf A to
y + 1 0 0 100
shelf B, the books in shelf B = {100 + (80 ×
25)/100}
x 14 18 B = 100 + 20 = 120
= ×
y 27 14 Books left in shelf A = 80–20 = 60
x 2 Again, on transferring 1/4th books of shelf B to
= shelf A, the books in
y 3 Ans.
Method-II shelf A = {60 + (120/4)} = 90
Total no of books in A and B = 120 +60 = 180
14 Required percentage of books in shelf A =
Given fraction →
27 (90/180) × 100
2 = 50%
14 18
Original fraction = × = Q.8.(1) A = 75 – 20% of (75) + 40% of (175) = 130
27 14 3
B = 175 + 20% of (75) – 40% of (175) = 120
Q.3.(3) 5% of 2000 = Rs. 100
Q.9.(5) Let his monthly income be Rs.10000
Rs.100 is the rate of 5 kg. of tea.
Amount spent on Food= Rs.2000
1 kg of tea = Rs.20 /kg.
Amount spent on Children's education= Rs.1500
25
Q.4.(3) Since = 96× = 24 Amount spent on Entertainment and Transport=
100
Rs.2600
According to question
Amount spent on Medical= Rs.1950
1
Rs. 24 = kg.
2 Remaining= 10000 – (2000 + 1500 + 2600 + 1950)
1
1 kg = Rs. 48= 24 = 48 Rs. 1950 ratio= 8775
2
Hence Original rate 1 ratio= 4.5
30 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
100 ratio= 45000 96
100% = ×100= 128 ltrs.
Q.10.(1) Expenditure = Price × Consumption 75
new expenditure = 110% of 50 So, water should be added = 128 - 120 = 8 ltrs
So, Short Trick: (by alligation)
32 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
I. Cost price : The price at which an article is purchased → 15% → represent loss i.e.,
is called its Cost Price and denoted by CP. 10 0% (C P )
or i.e. Loss 15%
85 % (SP )
For any person, Cost Price is an amount or quantity
which firstly releases from the pocket of that person. II. In the case of discount, the relation is generated
II. Selling Price : The price at which an article is sold, between SP/MP
is called its selling price, and denoted by SP. If 20% discount accrued on an article it means :
or → 100% → represent marked price (MP)
For any person, Selling Price is, an amount or quantity → 80% → represent selling price (SP)
which come to the pocket of that person.
→ 20%→ discount.
III. Profit or Gain : If S.P. is greater than CP, then Seller
is said to have a profit or gain. i.e. 10 0% (M P )
i.e. D iscou nt 2 0%
Profit = S.P - C.P
80 % (S P)
IV. Loss : If S.P.is less than C.P. the seller is said to have
a loss. i.e. Ex. A man bought a cycle for Rs. 330. For how much
loss = C.P - S.P should he sell it so as to gain 10%?
V. Profit and loss are always counted on C.P. Sol. Profit percentage = x% = 10%
VI. CP is always 100% in the case of profit and loss. Cost Price = 100
VII. For any transaction there are two persons involved Selling Price = 100 + x = 100 + 10 = 110
one is called buyer and second one is called seller. Required answer
VIII. Marked Price : MRP of an article is known as Marked 330
Price or labelled price or listed price and denoted by = × 1 1 0 = 363
3 6 .3
100
MP.
Ex. A merchant professes to sell his goods at a loss of 10%
IX. Discount always carried on MRP (MP) but weighs 750 gm in place of 1 kg. Find his real loss
X. MRP is always 100% in the case of discount. or gain percentage?
Observation: Sol. Let cost price of 1 kg = 1000
I. In the case of profit or loss, the relation is generated But his giving product worth 750
between CP and SP. So it's very clear that he is getting a gain.
If 25% profit accrued on an article it means: SP=900
→100% represent cost price (CP) CP=750
→125% represent selling price (S.P.) Now gain percent
→25% represent profit = 900 − 750 ×100% = 20%
750
10 0% (C P ) Ex. A person got 5% loss by selling an article for Rs. 1045.
i.e. P rofit 25 %
12 5% (S P ) At what price should the article be sold to earn 15%
profit ?
If 15% loss accrued on an article, it means : Sol. Let CP = 100 SP = 95
→ 100% → represent cost price (CP) New SP = 115
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 33
stportal.mahendras.org
115 ×1045 S P 1 + S P2
Required Answer ⇒ x = = Rs. 1265 CP =
95 2
Short Trick : 480 + 240
CP = = 360
2
120
SP = × 360 = 432
Ex. A person sold an article at profit of 15%. If he had 100
sold it Rs. 480 more, he would have gain 18%. What Ex. A vendor bought bananas at 5 for Rs. 4 and sold them
is the cost price ? at 4 for Rs. 5. Find his gain or loss percent.
Sol. Let the CP of an article be x Rs, then Sol. Suppose, number of bananas bought
115% of x + 480 = 118% of x = LCM of 5 & 4 = 20
118% of x - 115% of x = 480
FG 4 × 20 IJ =16;SP=Rs. FG 5 × 20 IJ = 25
3% of x = 480 CP=Rs.
H5 K H4 K
480
x= × 1 0 0 = Rs. 16000 25 − 16 9
3 % Profit = × 100 = × 100
16 16
Short Trick :
D iffe re n ce in S .P . = 56.25%
CP = D iffe re n ce in P ro fit % × 1 0 0
Short Trick
480
CP = × 1 0 0 = Rs. 16000
3
Ex. If the CP of 15 articles is equal to the SP of 12 articles.
Find the gain or loss %.
Sol. Let the C.P of each article be Rs. 1.
Then CP of 12 articles = Rs. 12
SP of 12 articles = Rs. 15
3 Special Case: If a'th part of some items is sold at x% loss,
Gain % = × 1 0 0 = 25% then required gain per cent in selling rest of the items
12
in order that there is neither gain nor loss in whole
Ex. A person bought articles at 20 for a rupee. How many
for a rupee must to sell to gain 25% ? ax
transaction, is %
Sol. CP of 20 articles = Rs. 1, SP of 20 article = 125% of (1 − a )
Rs. 1 Ex. A shopkeeper purchased medicines worth Rs. 9000
5 form a company. He sold 1/3 part of the medicine at
For Rs. , article sold = 20 30% loss. On which gain he should sell his rest of the
4
medicines, so that he has neither gain or loss?
4
For Rs. 1 article sold = 2 0 × = 16 Here a = 1/3 , x = 30 %
5
Short Trick : 1
× 30
Required gain % = 3 = 15%
1
1 −
Special Case: 3
If 'a' part of an article is sold at x% profit/loss, 'b'
part at y% profit/loss and c part at z% profit/loss
and finally there is a profit/lossof Rs.R, then Cost
Ex. The percentage profit earned by selling an article for price of entire article
Rs. 480 is equal to the percentage loss incurred by
R
selling the same article for Rs. 240. At what price = ×100
should the article be sold to make 20% profit? ax + by + cz
Ex. 33.33% of a commodity is sold at 15% profit,25% is
Sol. This question is easy as profit and loss both are same
sold at 20% profit and the rest at 24% profit. If the
so CP will lie exactly between then
34 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Total profit is Rs. 80 is earned then find the value of Ex. A tradesman marks his goods at 25% above his
commodity? (in Rs.) 1
cost price and allows a discount of 1 2 % for cash
Sol. Part sold at 24% profit 2
1 1 5 purchases. What profit does he make?
= 1− + =
3 4 12 Sol. Let CP=100
80 × 100
Value of commodity = 1 = 400
1 5
×15 + × 20 + × 24 MP=125
3 4 12
SP=87.5% of 125=109.375
Ex. If 2/3 part of an article is sold at 30% profit, 1/4 part
at 16% profit and remaining part at 12% profit and Now required answer
finally, there is a profit of Rs.75, then find the cost
1 0 9 .3 7 5 − 1 0 0
price of the article. = × 1 0 0 = 9.375%
100
Here a = 2/3 , x = 30 % , b =1/4 , y = 16 % , z = 12 %
and R = 75 Rs Ex. A seller gives 2 oranges free on purchase of 10 oranges.
Find equivalent discount.
Required CP of article
75 Sol. Clearly, the retailer get 1 dozen out of 6 dozens free.
= ×100 = 300
2 1 1 1
× 30 + × 16 + × 12 Hence discount% = ×100
3 4 12 6
Equivalent Discount : When two or more than two discount
are given by seller then equivalant discount may be calculated
by following formula. 2
=16 %
xy 3
x +y −
100 Short Trick
Note : 2
×100%
For more than two discount you can use this formula 10 + 2
further.
2
( order is not important) = 16 %
3
Ex. Find the equivalent discount of 10% and 20% Ex. A shopkeeper earns a profit of 12% on selling a book
Sol. Let the MP be = Rs. 100 at 10% discount on printed price. The ratio of the cost
price to printed price of the book is ?
90 80
Then, Net SP = 1 0 0 × × = Rs.72 Sol. C.P. of the book = Rs. x
100 100
Printed price = Rs. y
Required discount = (100 -72)%=28%
Short Trick y × 90 x ×112
=
xy 100 100
x+y-
100
x 45
=
10 × 20 y 56
10 + 20 - = 28%
100
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 35
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1. If the CP is 60% of the selling price. What is the profit%?
(1) 33. 60% (2) 66.67% (3) 63.27% (4) 60.67% (5) None of these
Q.2. If on selling 12 Notebooks any seller makes a profit equal to the selling price of 4 Note books. What is his percent
profit?
2
(1) 50% (2) 25% (3) 1 6% (4) Data inadequate (5) None of these
3
Q.3. Arun purchased a house for Rs. 75000 and a site for Rs. 15000 respectively. If he sold the house for Rs. 83000 and
the site for Rs. 10000. Find the resultant% of gain?
1 1
(1) 3% (2) 3 % (3) 30% (4) 3 3 % (5) None of these
3 3
Q.4. One fifth of the CP, one-seventh of the marked price and one-sixth of the selling price are equal. What is the gain%
or loss% to trader?
2 2
(1) 20% gain (2) 1 6 % less (3) 1 4 % profit (4) 10% loss (5) None of these
3 7
Q.5. Shri Ramlal purchased a TV set for Rs. 12500 and spent Rs. 300 on transportation and Rs. 800 on installation. At
what price should he sell it so as to earn an overall profit of 15%
(1) Rs. 14560 (2) Rs. 14375 (3) Rs. 15460 (4) Rs. 153758 (5) None of these
Q.6. A shopkeeper bought two radios for Rs. 1008, he sold one at a loss of 20% and other at a profit of 44%. If he sell
both radios at same price, then find the cost price of the radio which is sold at loss.
(1) Rs. 648 (2) Rs.360 (3) Rs.368 (4) Rs.640 (5) Rs.540
Q.7. A shopkeeper gets 20% more from wholesaler when he buys sugar. He uses a false weight of 750 gram while selling
1 Kg of sugar. Find the profit he earn if he had paid 10000 Rs to the wholesaler.
(1) Rs. 5000 (2) Rs. 7500 (3) Rs. 6000
(4) Cannot be determined (5) None of these
Q.8. A table is sold at a profit of 20%. If both the cost price and the selling price of the table are decreased by Rs. 100,
the profit would be 5% more, original cost price of the table is-
(1) Rs. 600 (2) Rs. 550 (3) Rs. 650
(4) Cannot be determined (5) None of these
Q.9. A shopkeeper marks up his goods by 20% and cheats by 10% while selling it. Find his total profit percent.
1
(1) 30% (2) 32% (3) 3 3 % (4) 35% (5) None of these
3
Q.10. A man sells an article at a profit of 25% if he had bought it at 20% less and sold it for Rs. 1050 loss, he would have gained
30% find the cost price of the article.
(1) Rs. 10000 (2) Rs. 5000 (3) Rs. 12000 (4) Rs. 10500 (5) None of these
Q.11. Marked price of an article is 60% more than the cost price. A shopkeeper allows X% discount and earns ____%
profit, if a shopkeeper allows 2X% discount and earns ___% profit. Which of the following options satisfies the
two blanks in the question?
A) 44, 28 B) 36, 12 C) 30, 16 D) 20, 12
(1) Only B (2) Only A, B (3) Only C) (4) Only D (5) Only A
Q.12. Divya went to a textile shop. When Divya asked the price of a saree the shopkeeper told her the price by increasing
18% of the original cost. But Divya insisted to decrease the price by 18% so the shopkeeper sold it by decreasing
the price by 18% what is the loss or profit percen of shopkeeper?
(1) 3.25% (2) 2.5% (3) 3%
(4) 3.225% (5) None of these
36 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.13. The market price of an article is 40% more than the cost price. There is a profit of x% after giving the discount of
15%. If the cost price of an article is Rs 1160 and its market price is 30% higher, then how many Rs will be the
benefit after giving the discount of x%?
(1) Rs 61.48 (2) Rs 42.25 (3) Rs 85 (4) Rs 48.75 (5) None of these
Q.14. A shopkeeper bought an article marked at Rs. 22800 at two successive discounts of 15% and 20%. He spent Rs.
1064 on transportation and sold the article for Rs. 20710. Then, what was the profit percentage of the shopkeeper?
(1) 35% (2) 30% (3) 25% (4) 20% (5) None of these
Q.15. A fruit seller wants to make a profit of 20%, after giving the discount in cash of 10% and giving 1 dozen banana
free on the purchase of 4 dozen bananas. What percentage above the cost price should he listed on bananas?
(1) 76.47% (2) 75% (3) 65% (4) 83.5% (5) None of these
Q.16. A book seller sells a book at a profit of 10%. If he had bought it at 4% less and sold it for 6 more, he would have
3
gained 18 %. The cost price of the book is-
4
(1) Rs.130 (2) Rs.140 (3) Rs.150 (4) Rs.160 (5) Rs.165
Q.17. A shopkeeper purchased 25 identical pieces of mobile phones at the rate of Rs. 1500 each. He spent an amount of
Rs. 2500 on transport and packing. He fixed the labeled price of each phone at Rs. 2000. However, he decided to
give a discount of 5% on the labeled price. What is percent profit earned by him?
(1) 18.75 (2) 16.75 (3) 14.75 (4) 20.75 (5) None of these
Q.18. A shopkeeper bought 30 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs. 45 /kg. He sold 40% of the total quantity at the rate of Rs.
50/kg. Approximately, at what price/kg should he sell the remaining quantity to make 25 percent overall profit?
(1) Rs. 54 (2) Rs. 52 (3) Rs. 50 (4) Rs. 60 (5) Rs. 56
Q.19. Rajani purchased a mobile phone and a refrigerater for Rs. 12000 and Rs. 10000 respectively. She sold the refrig-
erator at a loss of 12% and mobile phone at a profit of 8%. What is his overall loss/profit?
(1) Rs. 240 Loss (2) Rs. 250 Loss (3) Rs. 240 Profit
(4) Rs. 280 Profit (5) Rs. 360 Loss
Q.20. A trader purchases two watches. He makes the first one up by Rs.200 over the cost price and gives a discount of 20%
on it. The second one he marks up by 50% and gives a discount of Rs. 160. If he gains 15% on both the watches
put together of 8% on the first alone, what is the percent of profit on the second watch?
(1) 21% (2) 22% (3) 18.5%
(4) Can’t be determined (5) None of these
Q.21. A man sold two articles, each for the same price of Rs. 840. He earns 20% profit on the first and 40% profit on the
second. Find his overall profit percent.
1 1 3 3
(1) 29 % (2) 2 8 % (3) 2 9 % (4) 2 8 1 3 % (5) None of these
2 2 13
Q.22. An article is listed at Rs. 65. A customer bought this article for Rs. 56.16 and got two successive discount of which
one is 10%. Find the other discount of this scheme.
(1) 4% (2) 5% (3) 3% (4) 6% (5) 8%
Q.23. A shopkeeper sold two article for Rs. 15000 each on first he gains 50% but on the other a loss of 25%. Find the
overall profit percent or loss percent.
2 2
(1) 2% (2) 1 6 % (3) 25% (4) 6 3 % (5) No profit no loss
3 5
Q.24. A discount of 15% is given on the marked price of an article. The shopkeeper charges sales tax of 6% on the
discounted price. If the selling price be Rs. 1081.20 What is the marked price of the article?
(1) Rs. 11850.20 (2) Rs. 1250.20 (3) Rs. 302
(4) Rs. 1200 (5) None of these
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 37
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.25. A trader who marks his goods upto 50% and offered discount of 20%. What percent profit the trader makes after
offereing the payment?
(1) 15% (2) 20% (3) 25% (4) 30% (5) 40%
1
Q.26. Article are marked at a price which gives a profit of 25%. After allowing a certain discount the profit reduces 1 2 %
,then find the discount percent. 2
(1) 10% (2) 15% (3) 20% (4) 18% (5) 25%
Q.27. A person purchased two chairs for Rs. 900. He sold first article at 4/5 of cost price but another at 5/4 of cost price
He gains overall Rs. 90. Find the cost price of Lesser valued chair.
(1) Rs.300 (2) Rs. 400 (3) Rs. 500
(4) Rs. 600 (5) Can’t be determined
Q.28. A property dealer sells a house for Rs.9,00,000 and in this he makes 12.5% profit. Had he sold it for Rs. 6,00,000,
then what percentage of loss or gain have be made ?
1 2
(1) 25% loss (2) 10% loss (3) 12 % gain (4) 16 % gain (5) None of these
2 3
Q.29. A shopkeeper sells one transistor for Rs. 960 at a gain of 20% and another for Rs. 1152 at a loss of 4%. His total
gain or loss percent is :
3 3 2 2
(1) 5 % loss (2) 5 % gain (3) 6 % gain (4) 6 % loss (5) None of these
5 5 3 3
Q.30. Profit earned by selling an article for Rs. 1060 is 20% more than the loss incurred by selling the same article for
Rs. 950. At what price should the article be sold to earn 20% profit ?
(1) Rs. 980 (2) Rs. 1080 (3) Rs. 1800 (4) Rs. 1200 (5) None of these
Notes
38 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE EXPLANATION
Q.1.(2) Let S.P of the article =x x
60 Now, 5 ×100 = 25
C.P. of the article = x
100 x −100
Then profit = x−
60
x =
40 x 2500
100 100 25x – 2500 = 20x, x = = Rs. 500
5
Hence profit percent
Q.9.(3) C.P. = 100, M.P. = 120, C.P. = 100–10=90
40 x
P 120 – 90 1
= ×100 = 00 ×100
1
P% = ×100 = 33 %
CP 60 x 90 3
100
Q.10.(2) Case - I
200
= 6 6 .6 7 % C.P S.P. Profit%
3
100 125 25%
Q.2.(1) Let S.P. of l notebook = x
80 104 30%
S.P. of 12 Notebook = 12x
According to question,
Profit = 4x
21 = 1050
then
1 = 50, 100 = 5000
CP = 12x - 4x = 8x
Q.11.(2) Cost price = 100 Marked price = 160
4x
Hence profit percent = × 1 0 0 = 50% Option (A): 1st case:
8x
Q.3.(2) Total CP = Rs. 75000 + Rs.15000= Rs. 90,000 SP = 100 + 44/100 × 100 = 144
Total SP = Rs. 83000 + Rs. 10000= Rs. 93000 Discount percentage = (160–144)/160 × 100
Profit = Rs. 93000 - Rs. 90000= Rs. 3000 = 10%
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 39
stportal.mahendras.org
Then discount = 19% of 1508 = Rs 286.52 1900 − 1600
profit % = × 100% = 18.75
So selling price = Rs 1221.48 1600
Now, profit = 1221.48-1160 = Rs 61.48 Q.18.(4) C.P. of 30 kg wheat = 30 × 45 = Rs.1350
Q.14.(3) Marked price of the article = Rs. 22800 total S.P. for an overall profit of 25%
Actual cost price = 15504 + 1064 = Rs. 16568 = 1687.5-600 = Rs. 1087.5
1 0 8 7 .7
Required S.P. /kg = = Rs. 60
( 20710 − 16568) × 100 = 25% 18
Profit % = Q.19.(1) Total C.P= Rs (12000 + 10000)
16568
Q.15.(5) Discount percentage when bought 4 dozen = Rs. 22000
bananas = 1/5 ×100 Total S.P
= 20%
12000 ×108 88
= +10000 ×
Total discount percentage =28% 100 1 0 0
Let the M.P. of banana = Rs 100 = Rs. 21760
S.P. = 72 Since CP > SP
Hence,
100
C.P. = 72× = 60 Loss = Rs. 22000 - Rs. 21760 = Rs. 240
120
Q.20.(4) With this information P% can’t be determined.
40 Q.21.(3) SP of 1st Article = 840
required % = ×100 = 66.66%
60 840
CP of 1st Article = 1 2 0 × 1 0 0
MP : CP = 120 : 72 = 5 : 3 = 700
Hence = 66.66% SP of IInd Article = 840
Q.16.(3) Let the C.P. of the book = Rs.x 840
CP of IInd Article = × 1 0 0 = 600
110x 140
Initial S.P. = Rs. = 1.1 x Net Profit Percent
100
380
New C.P. = Rs.0.96x = × 1 0 0 = 29 3 %
1300 13
75 Q.22.(1) According to question
New S.P. = Rs. 100 + % of Rs.0.96x
4
9 0 (1 0 0 − x )
475 65 × × = 5 6 .1 6
= × 0.96x = Rs.1.14x 100 100
400
100 − x
5 8 .5 × = 5 6 .1 6
= 1.14 x – 1.1 x = 6 100
0.4x = 6 5 6 .1 6 × 1 0 0
(1 0 0 − x ) =
6 5 8 .5
x= = Rs.150
0.04 100 - x = 96
Q.17.(1) Total cost of 25 mobile sets x = 4%
= 1500 × 25 + 2500 = 40000. Q.23.(5) SP of 1st Article = 15000
40000
Cost price of 1 mobile set = = 1600 15000
25 CP of 1st Article = × 1 0 0 = 10,000
Labeled price = 2000. 150
S.P. 1 mobile = 95% of 2000 = 1900 SP of IInd Article = 15000
40 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
1 0 8 1 .2 0 × 1 0 0 × 1 0 0
x= = Rs. 1200 = Rs. 800
85 ×106
Q.25.(2) Let CP = 100 MRP = 150 C.P. of 2nd transistor
80 FG 100 × 1152 IJ = Rs. 1200
SP = 150×
100
Rs. 120 = Rs.
H 96 K
Hence Profit percent = 20%
Short trick So, total C.P. = Rs. (800 + 1200) = Rs. 2000
x +y +
xy
= 50 − 20 +
5 0 × −2 0 FG 112 × 100 IJ % = 5 3 %
100 100
= 30 - 10 ∴Gain% =
H 2000 K 5
= 20% Q.30.(4) Let C.P. be Rs. x
Q.26.(1) Let CP = Rs. 100 120
MRP = Rs. 125 Then (1060-x)= 100 (x-950)
Since proift percent = 12.5% ⇒ 106000 - 100x = 120(x– 950)
So SP = 112.5
⇒ 220x = 220000 ⇒ x = 1000
then required discount %
FG 120 × 1000 IJ =Rs. 1200
=
1 2 5 − 1 1 2 .5
125
×100 =
1 2 .5
125
× 1 0 0 =10%
∴ Desired S.P. = Rs.
H 100 K
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 41
stportal.mahendras.org
42 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Change in interest in 2 years *Note
= 3% × 2 = 6% Type Rate Time
that means Yearly R n
6% = 72 Half yearly R/2 2n
72 Quaterly R/4 4n
100% = × 1 0 0 = Rs. 1200
6 compount intrest may also be calculated by SI formula
Ex. Kumar borrowed a total amount of Rs. 30000 part of and change of principal after each time period.
it on S.I. rate of 12 p.c.p.a. and remaining on simple
interst of 10 p.c.p.a.. at the end of 2 year he paid in Note:
all Rs. 36480 to settle the loan amount. What was the We can also use successive percentage net percentage
amount borrowed at 12 p.c.p.a? method to calculate equivalent simple rate of interest.
Sol. Given p = 30000 xy
x +y +
A = 36480 100
SI. = A-P = 36480 - 30000 = 6480 If r = 20%
Let sum borrowed is x at 12 p.c.p.a for 2 year equvilant rate of interst
according to question 20 × 20
20+20 = 44%
x×
12
×2 +
(3 0 0 0 0 − x ) × 1 0 × 2 = 6480
100
100 100 For 3 years
⇒ 24x + 600000 - 20x = 648000 44 × 20
44 + 20 + = 7 2 .8 % and son on.
4x = 48000 100
48000 Ex. Find C.I. on Rs. 16000 at the rate 5% p.c.p.a. for 2
x= = Rs. 12000 years, compounded annually.
4
Sol. By. Formula
Compound Interest
LMF r IJ − 1OP
n
As we discussed the S.I. is same for same time but in the case
GMH
C.I. = P 1 + 100 K PQ
of compound Interest this is not happened. In the case of C.I. N
The interest varies according to time eg.
L
= 16000 MFG 1 + 5 IJ − 1P
O
2
NMH 100 K PQ
Suppose we take 100 Rs. at the rate of compound interest
10% after one year we can not able to pay amount so, here
C.I. is imposed on amount rate Ist year. ie. 10% is imposed
on 110 and so on...... 16000 × M
L 21 × 21 − 1OP
= N 20 × 20 Q
So. C.I. is equal to S.I. in first year
but after 1 year C.I. > S.I.
L 441 O
= 16000 × M 400 − 1P
In ather words we can that principal varies with each time
N Q
period = 16000 × 41 = 40 × 41
400
Basic Formula :
= Rs. 1640
F r IJ
A = P G1 +
n
Short Trick :
H 100 K P = 16000
5%
800
for Ist year S.I. = C .I
1st year
LF r I
C.I. = P MG 1 +
n O
− 1P
5% rate of interest
MNH 100 JK
IInd year 800 + 40
PQ 5%
C .I. = 8 00 + 8 00 + 40
A → Amount = R s. 164 0
P → Principal Ex. Find C.I. on Rs. 10,000 at the rate of interest 6% for,
r → Rate of Interest 1
1 2 years, compounded annually.
n → Number of years
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 43
stportal.mahendras.org
LF r I − 1OP
P MG 1 +
n LF R I − 1OP
P MG 1 +
n
500000 Again,
P=
100
8P = P 1 +
FG r IJ n
of money.
H 100 K .............(II)
Sol. From formula for 3 years. using (I) and (II)
FG r IJ FG 300 + r IJ 2
R|F r I U| 3
CI. - S.I. = P
H 100 K H 100 K FG1 + r IJ n
= 8 = 2 = SG 1 +
15
|TH 100 JK V|
3
H 100 K W
F 10 IJ × 310
31 = P GH
2
100 K
100
FG1 + r IJ = FG1 + r IJ
n 45
31 = P
100
×
310 H 100 K H 100 K
100 × 100 100
x = 45 years
P = Rs 1000
IInd method :
Short Trick:
10% LMn = bn g OP t2
1 t1
N 2
Q
P=? 1st 100 10% n2, n1 — number of times
t1, t2 — number of years.
2nd + 10 10%
t2 t2 t2 3
3rd year + 10 + 10 + 1
8= 2 bg 15 23 = 2 bg 15
15 = 1
t2 = 45 years
Ex. SI of 2 years is 300 and CI is 320. Find
Ex. A sum of money doubles itself at compound interest
in 15 years. In how many years will it become eight (i) Rate of Interest
times. (ii) Principal
A =P 1+
FG r IJ n
Sol. 150
Sol.
H 100 K 150 20
2P = P 1 +
FG r IJ 15
20 40 1
H 100 K (i) r =
150
×100% =
3 =
13 %
3
FG
2 = 1+
r IJ 15
.............(1) 3
H 100 K (ii) 1 5 0 ×
40
× 1 0 0 = Rs. 1125
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 45
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1. A sum of Rs 7930 is divided into 3 parts and given an loan at 5% S.I. to A, B and C for 2, 3 and 4 years respect. If
amounts of all three are equal of the their respective periods of loan, A received a loan of -
(1) Rs. 2760 (2) Rs. 3560 (3) Rs. 2660 (4) Rs. 3450 (5) Rs. 2680
Q.2. A sum of Rs. 1550 was lent partly 5% and partly at 8% SI. The total interest received after 3 years is Rs. 300. The
ratio of money lent at 5% to that at 8% is -
(1) 15 : 14 (2) 15 : 13 (3) 16 : 15 (4) 5 : 6 (5) None of these
Q.3. A man invested equal sum of money at 12% per annum on compound interest and simple interest. After three years
the difference between the interest is Rs. 4449.28. Find the total amount he invested.
(1) Rs.11000 (2) Rs.10000 (3) Rs.12000 (4) Rs.12100 (5) Rs.15000
Q.4. If the simple interest on a certain sum of money at the rate of 4% per annum for 3 years is Rs. 1875. What would
be the C.I. at the same rate for the same time?
(1) Rs. 1950 (2) Rs. 1951 (3) Rs. 1975 (4) Rs. 1976 (5) Rs. 1900
Q.5. What is the sum of money at compound interest will give interest Rs. 6238 in 3 years, if the rate of interest is 3%
for the first year, 4% for the second year and 5% for the third year?
(1) Rs. 5000 (2) Rs. 10000 (3) Rs. 25000
(4) Rs. 50000 (5) Cannot be determined.
Q.6. Two partners X and Y invested their capital. X invested Rs. P at 10% per annum, Y invested Rs. (P – 4000) at the
rate of 12% per annum. If they both get total compound interest Rs 6412.8 at the end of two years, then find capital
invested by Y?
(1) 16000 Rs. (2) 12000 Rs. (3) 10000 Rs. (4) 14000 Rs. (5) 18000 Rs.
Q.7. A sum of Rs.7000 is deposited in two schemes. One part is deposited in Scheme A which offers 8% rate of interest.
Remaining part is invested in Scheme B which offers 10% rate of interest compounded annually. If interest
obtained in scheme A after 4 years is Rs.226 more than the interest obtained in scheme B after 2 years, find the
part deposited in scheme B.
(1) Rs.2800 (2) Rs.3850 (3) Rs.3580 (4) Rs.3800 (5) None of these
2
Q.8. The difference between the compound interest and simple interest on a certain sum of money for 3 years at 6
3
% per annum is Rs.184. Then find out the sum.
(1) Rs.13500 (2) Rs.12500 (3) Rs.11500 (4) Rs.10500 (5) None of these
Q.9. What will come at place of blank?
Rs_ is invested at 12.5% compound interest. After 3 years the sum becomes Rs. 5467.5.si?
(1) 3840 Rs. (2) 3520 Rs. (3) 4080 Rs. (4) 4250 Rs. (5) 3675 Rs.
Q.10. A man spends 85% of his monthly income, and the remaining money is deposited in the savings account for 5
years and he gets a simple interest of Rs. 2160 at the rate of 12% per annum. Out of monthly expenditure, he
spends 20% on rent, 15% on food. Out of the remaining he spends 50% on clothes and remaining on education.
Find the 33.33% of money that is spent on food.
(1) 1230 Rs. (2) 1530 Rs. (3) 1020 Rs. (4) 640 Rs. (5) None of these
Q.11. ` 600 becomes ` 708 in 3 years at certain simple rate of interest. If the rate of interest is increased by 5% what
amount will ` 600 become in 3 years?
(1) ` 758 (2) ` 798 (3) ` 804 (4) ` 850 (5) None of these
Q.12. A sum of Rs.31500 was lent partly at 7% and partly at 11% p.a. simple interest. The total interest received after 4
years was Rs.12708. Find the ratio of money lent at 7% to that lent at 11%.
(1) 4: 25 (2) 7: 29 (3) 11: 25 (4) 8: 27 (5) 13: 27
Q.13. Arun invested a sum of money at a certain rate of S.I. for a period of 4 year. Had he invested the same sum for a
period of 6 years, the total interest earned by him would have 50% more than earlier interest amount. what was the
rate of interest per annum?
(1) 4% (2) 8% (3) 5%
(4) can't be determined (5) None of these
46 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.14. Mukesh borrowed some money at the rate of 4 p.c.p.a for the first 3 year, at the rate of 8 p.c.p.a. for the next 2 year
and at the rate of 9 p.c.p.a for the period of beyond 5 year. If he pays a total S.I. of Rs. 19550 at the end of 7 years.
How much money did he borrow?
(1) Rs. 39500 (2) Rs. 42500 (3) Rs. 41900 (4) Rs. 43000 (5) Rs. 42000
Q.15. Dhoni investes two equal amounts in two banks giving 10% and 12% rate of interest respectively. At the end of
the year the interest earned is Rs. 1650 /- Find the sum invested in each bank.
(1) Rs. 8500 (2) Rs. 15000 (3) Rs. 7500 (4) Rs. 17000 (5) None of these
Q.16. The simple interest accrued on a certain principal is Rs 6400 in four years at 8 p.c.p.a.What would be the C.I accrued
on that principal at 2 p.c.p.a in 2 years?
(1) Rs 808 (2) Rs 750 (3) Rs 980 (4) Rs 720 (5) None of these
Q.17. What annual installment will discharge a debt of Rs. 2360 due in 4 years. at 12% p.a. simple interest ?
(1) Rs. 400 (2) Rs. 500 (3) Rs. 600 (4) Rs. 300 (5) Rs. 700
Q.18. A sum is invested for 3 years at the rate of 20% p.a. The difference between the simple interest and the compound
interest on same principal is Rs. 408. Find the principal.
(1) Rs. 5525.5 (2) Rs. 2550 (3) Rs. 3187.5 (4) Rs. 3400 (5) None of these
Q.19. The simple interest accrued on an amount of Rs. 40,000 at the end of 3 years is Rs. 12000. What would be C.I.
accrued on the same amount at the same rate in the same period?
(1) Rs. 18765 (2) Rs. 15350 (3) Rs. 21555 (4) Rs. 13240 (5) None of these
Q.20. The compound interest accrued on an amount of Rs. 22000 at the end of two years is Rs. 5596.8. What would be
S.I. accrued on the same amount at the same rate in the same period?
(1) Rs. 5420 (2) Rs. 5360 (3) Rs. 5280 (4) Rs. 5140 (5) None of these
Q.21. Mr. Basant invested Rs. 20,000 with rate of interest at 20 p.c.p.a. If the interest was compounded half yearly for
first year and in the next year it was compounded yearly. What will be the total interest earned at the end of two
years?
(1) Rs. 8800 (2) Rs. 9040 (3) Rs. 8040 (4) Rs. 9800 (5) Rs. 9500
Q.22. A sum of money Rs. 10200 is invested in 2 schemes. I scheme has offered compound intrest at the rate 10% for
st
2 years and IInd scheme has offered S.I. at the rate 5% per annum for 6 years. From both scheme equal interest is
obtained. Find the sum invested at simple interest.
(1) Rs. 4200 (2) Rs. 4800 (3) Rs. 6000 (4) Rs. 5800 (5) Rs. 5000
Q.23. A person invested equal amounts in two schems A and B at the same rate of interest. Scheme A offers S.I. while
scheme B offers compound interest. After two years he got Rs. 1920 from scheme A on interest and Rs. 2112
from scheme B. If the rate of interest is increased by 4%. What will be the total interest after two years from both
schemes?
(1) Rs. 4884.48 (2) Rs.4888.48 (3) Rs.4884.84 (4) Rs. 4384.48 (5) None of these
Q.24. A man has a debt of Rs. 820 which he undertakes to pay back with compound interest at the rate of 5% per annum
in 2 equal yearly installments at the end of first year and second year. What is the amount of each installment?
(approximately)
(1) Rs. 370 (2) Rs. 381 (3) Rs. 390 (4) Rs. 395 (5) Rs. 400
Q.25. The compound interest accrued on an amount at the end of two years at the rate of 12% per annum is Rs. 2862.
What is the amount?
(1) Rs. 11250 (2) Rs. 1220 (3) Rs.13500 (4) Rs. 10000 (5) None of these
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 47
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(1) According to question. 46.44 P = 743040
110% a = 115% of b = 120% of C = K P= Rs. 16000
Hence Capital invested by Y = (16000-4000)
= Rs. 12000
1 1 1 1 1 1
a:b:c= : : = : : _7000 - x i ×8×4
>d1 + 10 n - 1H + 226
2
110 115 120 2 2 2 3 2 4 Q.7.(4) = x
100 100
= 23 × 24 : 22 × 24 : 22 × 23
32x 21x
=276 : 264 : 253 70×8×4 – 100 = 100 + 226
Loan recieved by
53x
7930 2240 - 226 = 100
A= × 276 = Rs. 2760 x = Rs.3800
793
Q.8.(1) According to the question,
Q.2.(3) x × 5 × 3 (1 5 5 0 − x ) × 8 × 3 100
2
100
− = 300
100 100 P = 184× f 20 p × f 300 + 20 p
3 3
x = 800
800 16 = Rs.13500
Required Ratio = = 100 100 100
750 15 Q.9.(1) 5467.5× 112.5 × 112.5 × 112.5 = 3840
By alligation Q.10.(3) 5Y=2160
1Y=432
12%=432
100%=3600 (saving)
now 15% of income=3600
85% of income=20400 (expenditure)
= 16 : 15 expenditure on food=15% of 20400=3060
33.33% of 3060=1020
2
Q.3.(2) d = P r 3 0 0 + r 600 × 5 × 3
100 100 Q.11.(2) S.I. on 5% interest = = ` 90
100
2
12 300 +12
449.28 = P
Total S.I. = (708–600) + 90= ` 198
100 100
P = 10000 Total amount = 600+198= ` 798
1875 Q.12.(4) Let the sum lent at 7% be x
Q.4.(2) ×12.4864 = 1951
12 then,
Q.5.(4) 3× 4 x × 7 × 4 (3 1 5 0 0 − x ) × 1 1 × 4
3+ 4+ = 7.12 + = 12708
100 100 100
7.12 × 5 2 8 x (3 1 5 0 0 − x ) × 4 4
7.12 + 5 + = 12.476 + = 12708
100 100 100
6238
P= × 100 = Rs.50000 28 x + 31500 × 44 − 44 x
12.476 = 12708
100
Q.6.(2) X invested = P Rs.
- 16x = 1270800 - 1386000
Y invested = (P-4000)
10×10
2 years CI on 10% = 100 = 21% 115200
x= = 7200
16
12×12
2 year CI on 12% = 12+12 + 100 = 25.44%
Required ratio
21P 25.44 ] - 7200 7200
100 + 100 P 4000 = 6412.8
g =
=
21P + 25.44 P- 101760 = 641280 (3 1 5 0 0 − 7 2 0 0 ) 2 4 3 0 0 = 8 : 27
48 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.13.(4) A ccording to the question. 10%
P × R × 6 P × R × 4 150
= ×
100 100 100 P = 40 00 0 1st 400 0 10%
x ×4 ×3 x ×8 ×2 x ×9 ×2
+ + = 19550
100 100 100 CI = Rs. 13240
12x+16x+18x = 1955000 Q.20.(3) According to question,
46x = 1955000 Rate of interest of C.I. for 2 years
x = Rs. 42500 5 5 9 6 .8
= × 1 0 0 = 25.44%
Q.15.(3) Let sum be Rs. x 22000
According to question that means
= 236
3rd year 40 000 4 0 + 400 + 40
136+124+112+100 = 2360
472 = 2360
C.I = Rs. 9040
2360 Q.22.(1) Let amount X is invested at C.I.
100 = 4 7 2 × 1 0 0 = Rs. 500
and amount Y is invested at S.I.
2
100 100 then
Q.18.(3) Principal = 408 ×
20 20 + 300 r
2
C.I. = P 1 0 0 − 1
1 +
408 ×100 ×100 ×100
= = Rs. 3187.5
20 × 20 × 320 10
2
Q.19.(4) According to question = 1 0 0 − 1 ---- (1)
x 1 +
S.I. × 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 × 1 0 0 again
R= = = 10%
P ×T 40000 × 3
y ×5 ×6
Now for C.I. We use Slab Method. S.I. = - (2)
100
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 49
stportal.mahendras.org
According to question So. Total interest = 2304 + 2580.48= Rs. 4884.48.
from eq (1) and (2) Q.24.(2) By formula
10
2
y ×5 ×6 D
x 1 + − 1 = I= 1 2
100 100 r r
1 + + 1 +
100 100
x : y = 10 : 7
Hence 820
= 1 2
10200 5 5
sum invested at S.I. = × 7 = 4200 1 + + 1 +
17 100 100
820
Short Trick :
= 21 21 21
S.I. for 6 years = 5% × 6 = 30% + ×
20 20 20
10 ×10
C.I. for 2 year = 10 + 10 × = 21% 820 820 820 × 400
100
According to question = 21 441 = 420 + 441 = 861
+
21% of x = 30% of y 20 400 400
x : y = 10 : 7
= 380.95 ≈ 381
10200 × 7
Hence sum invested at S.I. = Q.25.(1) According to formula
17
n
= Rs. 4200 r
Q.23.(1) Difference between S.I. and C.I. for 2 years C.I. = P 1 0 0 − 1
1 +
= 21112 - 1920 = 192 2
12
1920
2862 = P
1 + − 1
S.I. for 1 year = = 960 100
2
192 2 8 2
Hence r = × 1 0 0 = 20% per annum. − 1
960 2862 = P
2 5
Now,
S.I. (20%) = 960 2862 × 625
P= = Rs. 11250
960 159
P (100%) = 2 0 × 1 0 0 = 4800 Method II
When rate is increased by 4% then By Successive formula, net C.I rate person for 2
4800 × 24 × 2 years
New S.I. = = 2304
100 xy
24 × 24 12 ×12
= x +y+
again rate of C.I. for 2 year = 24 + 24 + 1 0 0 = 12 + 12 + 1 0 0 = 25.44%
100
= 48 + 576 = 53.76% Now given.
Hence 25.44% = 2862
5 3 .7 6 2862
New C.I. = 4800 × = 2580.48 100% = ×100 = Rs. 11250
100 2 5 .4 4
50 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
6 Average
Average is equal distribution of the overall value among all Sol. Required average
the things or persons present there. So the formula for finding 3 8 .9 × 1 0 − 4 2 × 6
the average is as follows : = 34.25
4
A verage =
FG S um of observations IJ Ex. The average age of 80 girls was 20 years, the average
H N um ber of observations K age of 20 of them was 22 years and another 20 of them
was 24 years. Find out average age of the remaining
If there are average is also known as mean observation x1, girls?
x2,x3....xn
Sol. Total age of remaining 40 girls
x 1 + x 2 + ... + x n
Average = =(80 × 20 - 20 × 22 - 20 × 24) = 680 years
n
Average = 680 = 17 years
Ex. What is average of 40, 42, 38, 48. 40
40 + 42 + 38 + 48
Sol. Average = = 42 Short Trick:
4
Ex. There are two sections A and B of a class, consisting of 22 + 24
Average of 40 girls= = 23 years
10 and 20 students respectively. If the average weight 2
of sections A is 60 kg and that of section B is 45 kg. Average of 40 girls is 3 more than actual average so average
Find the average weight of the whole class (in kg). of remaining 40 girls is 3 less than actual average 20 - 3
60 ×10 + 45 × 20 = 17 years
Sol. Average =
10 + 20
Concept of Consecutive Term
600 + 900 (A) To solve consecutive terms problem, we will use exact
30 = 50
mid concept. Exact mid term is average of given term.
Ex. A batsman makes a score of 97 runs in the 21th inning n u m b e r + 1
and thus increases his average by 2. Find his average Exact mid =
te rm s
2
after 21th inning.
6 +1
Sol. Let the average after 21th innings = x. Then, Exact mid of 6 terms = = 3.5
2
Average after 20th innings = (x - 2)
3.5 many in between 3rd and 4th number exact mid of
Average 9 +1
9 terms = = 5th term
= 20 (x-2)+97 = 21x, 20x-40+97 = 21x 2
x = 57 Ex. Average of 5 consecutive terms is 43.
Ex. A student was asked to find the arithmetic mean of the So smallest no is-
numbers 3,11, 7, 9,15,13, 8,19, 17, 21,14 and x. He 5 +1
found the mean to be 12. What should be the number Sol. Exact mid of 5 terms = =3
2
in place of x? 1 2 3 4 5
Sol. 12=(3+11+7+9+15+13+8+19+17+21+14+x)/12 41 42 exact mid term = 43
Number in place of x is Smallest is 41
137+x=144 , x = 144-137 (B) Average of consecutive terms:
x=7. 1st te rm + la st te rm
=
Ex. The average score of a cricketer for 10 matches is 38.9 2
runs. If the average for the first six matches is 42 then Ex. Find the average of all the numbers from 20 to 90
find the average for the last four matches. which is divisible by 3.
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 51
stportal.mahendras.org
Sol. First term is 21 and last is 90. That means excluded no is 4 more than average.
21 + 90 So, excluded number = 21 + 4 = 25
So, average = = 55.5
2 Ex. The average of 12 no. is 45 when one no is excluded
Ex. Find the average of all the numbers from 20 to 90 then average becomes 46. What is the excluded
which is divisible by 8. number?
Sol. First term 24 and last is 88. Sol. In this case average increased by = (46-45) = 1
24 + 88 Total increased = 1 × 11 = 11
So, average = = 56
2 That means excluded number is 11 less than average.
Ex. Find the average of all the numbers from 20 to 90
which divisible by 6. Number is 45 - 11 = 34
Sol. First term is 24 and last is 90. Ex. Average marks of 35 students is 70. If marks of one
student is excluded then average increased by 2 marks.
24 + 90
So, average = = 57 What is the marks of excluded student?
2
Ex. The sum of eight consecutive even number 288. What Sol. Excluded student marks
is the sum of different set of six consecutive numbers = 70 – (35 - 1) × 2= 70 – 68 = 2
whose lowest number is 10 more than the mean of set
A? Ex. The average age of 12 persons is decreased by 2 years
when one of them having age 39 years is replaced by
288 a new person. Then what is the age of new person?
Sol. Mean of set A = =36
8
Sol. Age of new person = 39 - (12 ×2)
So, lowest number of other set = 36 + 10 = 46
Required sum = 46 + 47 + 48 + 49 + 50 + 51 = 291 = 39 - 24 = 15 years
Concept of addition or removal of items and change in Ex. The average weight of 10 persons is increased by 2.5
average: kg when two of them having weight 60 and 75 kg
replaced by two new persons. Then what is the average
The excluded or included item= Average + extra
weight of new persons?
(Extra means total change in average)
Sol. Sum of age of new persons = (60+75) + (2.5×10) =
Ex. Average of 5 no. is 21 one no is excluded then average 135 + 25 = 160
becomes 20. What is the excluded no.
Average age = 160/2 = 80 kg
Sol. Average is 21.
So, if the excluded number is 21, then there will be Ex. The average of 50 numbers is 38. It was found that
no change in average. one number is misread as 89 instead of 39. The correct
mean is?
But new average is 20.
Average decreased by = 21 - 20 = 1 89 − 39
Sol. New average = 38 - = 38 - 1 = 37
Total decreased = 1 × 4 = 4 50
52 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1. Find the average of first 10 prime numbers.
(1) 12.1 (2) 11.9 (3) 12.9 (4) 30.25 (5) None of these
Q.2. Out of four numbers, the average of first 3 numbers is thrice the fourth number. If average of all four numbers is
5, what is fourth number?
(1) 4.5 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4) 2 (5) None of these
Q.3. Average age of students in section A of 55 students is 12 and the average age of students in section B of 45 students
is 14 years. Find the average age of students in both section taken together?
(1) 13 years (2) 12.5 years (3) 13.2 years (4) 12.9 years (5) 13.5 years
Q.4. The average monthly income of a family was Rs. 5000 during first 2 months, Rs. 6000 during next 4 months and
Rs. 7000 during last 6 months of the years. If total saving is Rs. 10000, Find average monthly expenditure.
(1) Rs. 550 (2) Rs. 5000 (3) Rs. 5500 (4) Rs. 5550 (5) Rs. 5555
Q.5. In an art exhibition average visitors from Monday to Friday is 620 and 900 in remaining days. Find out average
visitor in per day?
2
(1) 700 (2) 750 (3) 800 (4) 666 (5) None of these
3
Q.6. The average of six consecutive odd no is 48. Then find out largest and smallest no.
(1) 57,47 (2) 53,41 (3) 55, 45 (4) 53, 45 (5) None of these
Q.7. Find the average of numbers lies between 100 and 300 as well as divisible by 7.
(1) 199.5 (2) 200 (3) 205 (4) 203 (5) 2015
Q.8. Set A, in which 6 consecutive odd number, has average 76. The smallest number of Set B in which 6 consecutive
even number, is 33 less than the highest number of set A, what is the average of the numbers of set B?
(1) 53 (2) 67 (3) 93 (4) 89 (5) None of these
Q.9. The average weight of 29 students is 40 kg. If the weight of teacher be included the average weight increased by
400 gms.The weight of the teacher is-
(1) 52 kg (2) 55 kg (3) 50 kg (4) 49 kg (5) None of these
Q.10. A cricketer whose bowling average is 24.85 runs per wicket, takes 5 wickets for 52 runs in last match and there by
decrease his average by 0.85. The number of wickets taken by him before the last match was?
(1) 85 (2) 75 (3) 95 (4) 80 (5) None of these
Q.11. Batting average of Rohit Sharma in three ODI series is 48, 37.5 and 51 respectively. Of the number of matches in
these ODI series are in ratio 3:4:2. Find his overall average in these three series.
(1) 50.5 (2) 49.25 (3) 44.4 (4) 46.75 (5) None of these
Q.12. The average age of a family consisting 15 person is 42 years, when two person aged 36 years and x years is replaced
by 2 new person of average age 21 years of another family then average increases by 1 year. Find the value of x .
(1) 13 (2) 11 (3) 7 (4) 9 (5) None of these
Q.13. Find the average of first 120 natural numbers which is multiple of 7.
(1) 29600 (2) 72800 (3) 92820 (4) 50820 (5) None of these
Q.14. Virat played three matches in a tournament .The respective ratio between the scores of 1st and 2nd match was 6: 5
and that between the scores of 2nd and 3rd match was 3: 2.The difference between the 1st and 3rd match was 128
runs. What was Virat’s average score in all the three matches?
1 1 1 1 1
(1) 223 (2) 226 (3) 229 (4) 230 (5) 231
3 3 3 3 3
Q.15. The average age of a family of 4 member is 25 years. If the present age of youngest member is 7 years, then what
was the average age of the family at the time of birth of the youngest member?
(1) 18 years (2) 24 years (3) 20 years (4) 22 years (5) None of these
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 53
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.16. The average of six number is 40. If average of first three is 35 and last four is 45. Then third number is ?
(1) 35 (2) 40 (3) 45 (4) 50 (5) 60
Q.17. The average of 10 numbers is 43. Average of first four is 40 and last five is 47. Then 5 number is-
th
54 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(3) Sum =
2 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 11 + 13 + 17 + 19 + 23 + 29 30 × 400
Q.9.(1) Weight of teacher = 4 0 + kg.
10 1 0 0 0
129 = 52kg
Average = = 1 2 .9
10 Q.10.(4) 24.85 52
Q.2.(4) Let the numbers are a, b, c and d. 5
24
According to the question,
13.6 0.85
a +b +c
= 3d, a + b + c = 9d …(I) 16 : 1
3
Number of wickets before last match .
a +b +c
and = 5, a + b + c + d = 20 …(II) 5
4 = × 1 6 = 80
From (I) and (II), we get 1
3×48×4×37.5 + 2×51
Q.11.(5) Required answer= =44
9d + d = 20, 10d = 20, d = 2 3+4+2
Q.3.(4) Average =
55 ×12 + 45 ×14 Q.12.(4) 42×15 -_36 + x i + 42 = 43
15
55 + 45
x = 645-636 = 9
Q.13.(5) Sum of first 120 natural numbers which is multiple
660 + 630 1290
= = = 12.9 years of 7,
100 100
Q.4.(3) Total income = 5000× 2 + 6000 × 4 + 7000×6 7+ 14+21………..+840 = 7 (1+2+3……..+120),
= 10000 + 24000 + 42000 = 76000
n (n +1)
Total expenditure = 76000 - 10000 Sum of first n natural numbers =
2
= 66000
121
66000 So, 7 (1+2+3……..+120) = 7×120× = 50820
Average expenditure = = 5500 2
12 50820
Now average = =423.5
Q.5.(1) Total vistors = 620 × 5 + 900 × 2 = 3100 + 1800 120
= 4900 Q.14.(3) Match 1: Match 2 = 6: 5
4900
Average visitors = 7 = 700 Match 2: Match 3 = 3: 2
Therefore,
6 +1
Q.6.(5) Exact mid of 6 no= means in between 3rd Match 1: Match 2: Match 3 = 18: 15: 10
2
and 4 term
th
Now ,
1 2 3 4 5 6
18x – 10x = 128
48
x = 16
Largest no = 48 + 5 = 53
Total runs scored in three matches
Smallest no. 48 - 5 = 43
= 18x + 15x +10x = 43x
Q.7.(1) First no is = 105
= 43×16 = 688
Last no is 294
Required average = (688/3) = 229(1/3)
105 + 294
Average = = 199.5 Q.15.(2) Present age sum = 25 × 4 = 100
2
Sum of age 7 years age = 100 -7 × 4= 72
Q.8.(1) Set A = 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81
72
Set B = 2x-4,2x-2, 2x,2x+2,2x+4,2x+6 Average = = 24 years
3
According to questions- 81 -(2x-4) = 33
SHORT Trick:
⇒ x=26
So set (B) = 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 (2 5 − 7 ) × 4
= 24 years
3
Average of set B = 53
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 55
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.16.(3) Sum of six no. = 40 × 6 = 240 42 − x 3
= =
Sum of 1st three no. 35 × 3 = 105 4 2
Sum of last four no. = 45 × 4 = 180 x = 36
Sum of 1st three and last four = 105 + 180 = 285 Q.22.(3) Total run in first 10 over = 6.8 × 10 = 68
So, 3rd number = 285 - 240 = 45 Required run rate in the remaining 40 overs
Q.17.(1) Sum of 10 numbers = 43 × 10 = 430 350 − 68
= 40
= 7.05
Sum of 1st four numbers = 40 × 4 = 160
SHORT Trick:
Sum of last five numbers = 47 × 5 = 235
350
Sum of 1st four and last five = 160 + 235 = 395 Required average of game = =7
50
So, 5th number = 430 - 395 = 35
539 6.8 x
Q.18.(4) Average of odd number = = 77
7 7
So, 3rd largest number = 77 + 2 = 79
(x-7) : 0.2
Average of four even number = 93
So, smallest number = 93 (x − 7 ) 1
= or, 4x - 28 = 0.2
So, smallest number = 93 - 3 = 90 0 .2 4
Required sum = 79 + 90 = 169 So, x = 7.05
Q.19.(3) Rahul + Manu + Sheetal = 219 -----(I) Q.23.(2) By Alligation
Rahul = Ankit - 18 ------------ (II) 15000 7000
B oys G irls 44 /3
Q.21.(3) x
46
2 : 4
1 : 2
42
1
(42-x) 4 So, boys = 300× =100
3
56 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
Ratio &
7 Proportion
Comparison of Ratio:
Ratio
Let a : b and c : d, be two ratios, then
Ratio is a comparison of two quantities. The ratio of a to b
is written as- a : b > c : d if ad > bc
a a c
a:b= = a ÷b ie. > if ad > bc
b b d
Types of Ratio: Similarly,
(i) Compounded Ratio: When two or more than two a : b < c : d if ad < bc
ratios are multiplied with each other, then it is called a : b = c : d if ad = bc
as Compounded Ratio.
Two Important Results
a
2 4 6 48 2 4 If > 1 , it is implied that a > b
Ex. × × = is the compounded ratio of , b
3 5 7 105 3 5
Ist term > 2nd term
6. a
and <1⇒a<b
7 b
a c e k
Important Facts
So × × ........... = (a) If A : B = x : y and B : C = p : q then
b d f l
(1) A : C = x × p : y × q
(ii) Duplicate Ratio: Square of any ratio is known as (2) A : B : C = (x : y) ×p : y × q
Duplicate Ratio.
=x×p:y×p:y×q
Duplicate Ratio of a : b = a2 : b2. Or
Ex. Duplicate ratio of 7 : 5 = 49 : 25 A:B =x:y
(iii) Triplicate Ratio: Cube of any ratio is known as
Triplicate Ratio. B :C =p:q
Triplicate Ratio of a : b = a : b . x×p :y× p:y× q
3 3
(v) Sub Triplicate Ratio: Cube root of any ratio is known x:y
as Sub Triplicate Ratio:
Sub Triplicate Ratio of a : b = a1/3 : b1/3. p:q
Ex. Sub triplicate ratio of 27 : 125 = 3 : 5 m :n
Properties of Ratio : xp m :yp m :yq m :yq n
1. In a ratio, two quantities are compared, so the Ex. If A : B = 3 : 4 and B : C = 8 : 9 then A:B:C is
quantities must be of the same kind. Sol. A : B = (3 : 4) × 2
2. The ratio of two quantities determines how many times B:C=8:9
one quantity is contained by the other.
A:B:C=6:8:9
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 57
stportal.mahendras.org
SHORT Trick b2
A:B =3:4 ∴c =
a
B :C =8:9 Ex. Find the third proportion of 0.36 & 0.48.
A : B : C = 24 : 32 : 36 b 2 0 .4 8 × 0 .4 8
Sol. Third proportion = c = = 0 .6 4
A:B:C=6:8:9 a 0 .3 6
2 1 2 5 (ii) Fourth Proportion: If a : b :: c : d, then d is called
Ex. If a : b = : ,b:c= : and the 4th proportion to a,b and c. d will be calculated
9 3 7 14
as below:
7 3
d:c= : then a:b:c:d is- a : b :: c : d or a : b = c:d
10 5
2 1 ⇒ a×d = b×c
Sol. a : b = : = 2:3
9 3 bc
∴d =
2 5 a
b:c= : = 4:5 Ex. Find the fourth proportion of 3,6, and 12.
7 14
7 3 bc 6 ×12
d:c= : = 7:6 Sol. Fourth proportion= d = = = 24
10 5 a 3
⇒c:d=6:7 (iii) Mean Proportion: If a and b are two numbers then
mean proportion is a b
a:b=2:3
if mean proportion between a and b is A then :
b:c= 4:5
a:A :: A:b
c:d= 6:7
⇒ A2 = ab
a:b:c:d = 2×4×6 : 3×4×6 : 3×5×6 :3×5×7
or
= 16 : 24 : 30 : 35
a ×b = A ×A
Ex. If a : b = c : d = e : f = 1 : 2 then (pa+qc + re) : (pb +
qd +rf) is equal to ∴A = a b
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 59
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1. A watermelon is cut into two pieces in the ratio of 3 : 5 by weight. The bigger of the two is further cut in the ratio
of 5 : 7 by weight . Find the ratio of weight of each of the three pieces.
(1) 3 : 5 : 7 (2) 15 : 25 : 56 (3) 36 : 25 : 35 (4) 3 : 2 : 3 (5) None of these
Q.2. If b : (a+c) = 4 : 9 and c : (a+b) = 3 : 7 then find the ratio of a :(b+c)
(1) 53 : 77 (2) 5 : 8 (3) 51 : 79
(4) Can't be determined (5) None of these
Q.3. Divide Rs. 3600 among P, Q, R, in the ratio 7 : 2 : 9. Find the amount received by Q.
(1) Rs. 1000 (2) Rs. 400 (3) Rs. 500 (4) Rs. 1800 (5) Rs. 600
Q.4. What least number must be subtracted from each of the numbers 14, 17 , 34 and 42 so that the remainders may be
proportional ?
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 7 (5) 4
Q.5. 20 boys and 25 girls form a group of social workers. During their member ship drive, the same number of boys
and girls joined the group. How many members does the group have now if the ratio of girls to boys is 8:7?
(1) 75 (2) 65 (3) 70 (4) 60 (5) 80
Q.6. What will come at place of blank?
A solution has _ liter milk and 35 liter water. When 25.5 liter milk is poured in solution percentage of milk be-
comes 60%.
(1) 15 (2) 27 (3) 24 (4) 30 (5) 36
Q.7. The value of a diamond is Rs 40000, which is directly proportional to the square of its weight. For some reason
the diamond fall and is broken into two parts in the ratio of 1: 3. Find out the loss percentage on diamond.
(1) 0% (2) 32% (3) 35% (4) 37.5% (5) None of these
Q.8. In a mixture 200 litres of milk and 40 litres of water. ____ litres of mixture is drawn and ____ litres of pure water
is added, the milk in the mixture is 124 litres more than the water. Which of the following options satisfies the two
blanks in the question?
A) 36, 12 B) 24, 8 C) 18, 20 D) 12, 6
(1) Only B (2) Only C (3) Only A (4) Only D (5) Only B) and C
Q.9. A mixture contains milk and water in ratio 5: 1. On adding _______liters of water, the ratio of water to milk be-
come 2 : 3. The quantity of Milk in the mixture is ______liters. Which of the following options is /are possible for
the value of missing place in the same order.
A. 6, 15 B.7,12 C.14, 30 D. 21,30
(1) Only A (2) Only B (3) Any Two (4) Any Three (5) None of these
Q.10. A vessels contains mixture of 3 types of milk A, B, C. The ratio of their quantity is 3 : 4 : 9 respectively. If 10
litres of the mixture is taken out and 3 litres of A, B, C each are filled in the vessels due to which the quantity of
C became twice that of B. Find the initial quantity of mixture?
(1) 48 (2) 58 (3) 40 (4) 50 (5) 68
Q.11. A milkman gives 1.5 lt. milk at first flat and add same amount of water before giving milk at second flat. He follows the
same process with each flat. On the fourth flat, in on purity test it is found that the ratio of milk and water become 343 :
169. If he starts the distribution with pure milk then find the initial quantity of milk.
(1) 12 lit. (2) 15 lit. (3) 18 lit.
(4) 9 lit. (5) Can't be determined
Q.12. The monthly incomes of two persons are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their monthly expenses are in the ratio 5 : 9. If each
of them saves Rs 600 per month then the total of their monthly incomes are -
(1) Rs 4500 (2) Rs 4000 (3) Rs 4800 (4) Rs 6000 (5) None of these
1
Q.13. Two litre of pure milk is added to 6 liter of mixture of milk and water, contains 8 3 3 % of water. Find the ratio
between water and milk in resultant mixture?
(1) 3 : 5 (2) 5 : 3 (3) 2 : 3 (4) 3 : 2 (5) None of these
Q.14. The incomes of Sonu and Prasant are in the ratio 3:2 and their expenditure are in the ratio 5 : 3. If each saves Rs. 7200.
Then Sonu's income is what percent the expenditure of Prashant?
(1) 100% (2) 200% (3) 300% (4) 350% (5) None of these
60 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.15. Number of students in Arts and Science in an institute are in the ratio of 5:8 respectively. If 150 more students join
Arts faculty while 80 more students join Science faculty, the respective ratio becomes 3:4. Originally what was
the total number of students in both faculties together?
(1) 1200 (2) 1400 (3) 1150
(4) Cann't be determined (5) 1170
Q.16. 729 ml of combination has coffee and water in the ratio 7:2. How much more water to be included to get a new
combination of coffee and water in the ratio 7:3?
(1) 162 (2) 81 (3) 75 (4) 360 (5) 400
Q.17. The length and breadth of a rectangle are raised in the ratio 3:4 and 4:5 corresponding. What is the ratio of the
previous area to the new area?
(1) 5:3 (2) 3:5 (3) 5:8 (4) 8:5 (5) 3 : 1
2
Q.18. Rs. 6800 is divided among three person A, B & C in such a way that A received of total shared B & C together.
Find the share of B. 5
(1) 1800 (2) 2000 (3) 2200 (4) C.N.D. (5) None of these
2 3
Q.19. Rs.1540 is distributed among A,B & C such that A receives as much as B and C together and B receives
9 11
as much A & C together. Find the share of C.
(1) 390 (2) 280 (3) 330 (4) 930 (5) 1020
Q.20. The income of A & B are in the ratio of 5:7 & their expenditure are in the ratio of 3:5. If each saves Rs.1500. Find
the income of B.
(1) 4250 (2) 5250 (3) 3550 (4) 4050 (5) 5000
Q.21. An amount of money is distributed among A, B&C in the ratio 6:19:7. If C gives Rs.400 from his share to B, then
new ratio becomes 3:10:3. Find the total amount of money.
(1) Rs.18600 (2) Rs.1450 (3) Rs.12800 (4) Rs.14800 (5) Rs.15800
Q.22. The ratio of A's and B's income last year was 3:4. The ratio of their own income of last year and this year is 4:5
and 2:3 respectively. If the sum of their present income is Rs.6565. Find the present income of A.
(1) Rs.2525 (2) Rs.5025 (3) Rs.2500 (4) Rs.5000 (5) Rs. 2200
Q.23. Rs. 525 is divided among 4 men, 5 women and 6 boys such that share of a man, a woman and a boy may be in the
ratio of 9:8:4. What is the share of a women?
(1) Rs.36 (2) Rs.38 (3) Rs.40 (4) Rs.42 (5) Rs. 48
Q.24. A vessel contains 60 litres of mixture of milk and water in the ratio 7:3 respectively. 8 litres of mixture is replaced
by 12 litres of milk. What is the ratio of milk and water in the resulting mixture?
(1) 67 : 121 (2) 121 : 39 (3) 164 : 123 (4) 165 : 121 (5) 63 : 121
Q.25. Mr. X invested a certain amount in Debit and Equity funds in the ratio of 4:5 respectively. At the end of the one year,
he earned a total dividend of 30% of his investment, after one year he reinvested the amount including dividend in
the ratio of 6:7 in Debit and Equity funds. If the amount reinvested in Equity funds was Rs.94500. What was the
original amount invested in Equity Funds?
(1) Rs.75000 (2) Rs.81007 (3) Rs.60000 (4) Rs.65007 (5) Rs. 63121
Q.26. Three containers have their volume in the ratio 1:4:7. They are full of mixture of milk and water. The mixture
contains milk and water in the ratio (4:1), (3:1) and 5:2 respectively. The contents of all these three containers are
poured into fourth container. The ratio of milk and water in the fourth container is:
(1) 11:15 (2) 15:11 (3) 14:11 (4) 11:4 (5) 13:15
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 61
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE Explanation
5 7 = 46 litres
Q.1.(3) 3:5× :5× = 36 : 25 : 35
12 12 Difference of milk and water in final solution =
170 – 46 = 124 litres
Q.2.(3) b : (a+c) = (4:9) × 10
This satisfies the given condition.
c : (a+b) = (3:7) × 13 Q.9.(5) 5 = 15 liter
a b c 1 = 3 liter
51 : 40 : 39 M : W = 15 : (3+6) = 15 : 9 = 5 : 3
Hence it is not followed
51 : 79 option :- B
Q.3.(2) Amount received by Q 5 = 12 liter
1 = 2.4 liter
Its related ratio term
= × T otal am ount M : W = 12 : (2.4+7) = 12 : 9.4 = 60 : 47
S um of ratio term s Hence it is not followed.
2 option :- C
= × 3 6 0 0 = Rs. 400 5 = 30 liter
7 +2 +9
1 = 6 liter
Q.4.(3) Let no. x is substracted from each number. Hence,
M : W = 30 : (6+14) = 3 : 2
14 − x 34 − x
= Hence it is followed
17 − x 42 − x option :- D
x=2
5 = 30 liter
Q.5.(1) Let x boys & x girls each are added in each group. 1 = 6 liter
According to question, M : W = 30 : (6+21) = 30 : 27 = 10 : 9
Hence it is not followed
20 + x 7
=
25 + x 8 Q.10.(2) Suppose, after 10 litre of the mixture is taken out
x + 25.5 Q.11.(1) x 1 –
3 x 343 1 .5 343 7
= = 1– = 3 =
x + 25.5 + 35 5 x 343 +169 x 512 8
x = 27 x = 8×1.5=12 lit.
Q.7.(4) Let the diamond breaks into the ratio of 1k and Q.12.(2) Let the expenditure of first person and second
3k person is Rs. 5x, and Rs. 9x respectively.
Initially total weight of diamond = total weight
of broken diamond=4k 5 x + 600 2
According to equation, =
According to the question, 9 x + 600 3
16k2 = 40000, k = 50 15x + 1800 = 18x + 1200, 3x = 600, x
The price of the broken diamond = 1k2+9k2 =
10k2 = Rs 25000 = 200
So loss percentage First person's monthly income = Rs 1600
40000 − 25000 Second person's monthly income= Rs 2400
× 100 = 37.5%
40000
Total income = Rs. (1600 + 2400)= Rs. 4000
Q.8.(3) Milk and water ratio initially = 200: 40 = 5: 1
36 litres of mixture is drawn and 12 litres of 5 1
Q.13.(2) 6 × :6 × +2 = 5 :3
water added 6 6
According to the question, Milk in the final Q.14.(2) According to question
solution = 200 – (36 × 5/6) = 170 litres 3x- 5y = 7200 ... (i)
Water in the final solution = 40 – 36×1/6 + 12
62 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
2x -3y = 7200 ....(ii) A : (B+C) = 2 : 9 ..........(1)
On solving (i) and (ii) we get 3
and B = (A+C)
x = 14400, y = 7200 11
Sonu's income = 3 ×14400 = 43200 B : A + C = 3 : 11 ........(2)
Prashant's expenditure = 3 × 7200 Now from eq.(1)
= 21600 1540
share of A = × 2 = 280
11
43200 1540
Req. % = ×100 = 200 Share of B= × 3 = 330
21600 14
Q.15.(5) According to question, Hence,
5 x + 150 3 Share of C= 1540 - (280 + 330)= Rs.930
=
8 x + 80 4 Q.20.(2) IA : IB = 5 : 7
= 24x + 240 = 20x + 600 EA : EB = 3 : 5
4x = 360 Since saving = Income - Exp.
x = 90 and each saves Rs.1500
Original number of students = 5x + 8x = 13x Hence change in ratio of both must be save.
= 13 × 90 = 1170 1500
So, IB = × 7 = 5250
Q.16.(2) Method-I. 2
729 Q.21.(3)
0 0 0
Coffee = ×7=567 ml A : B : C = (6 : 19 : 7) × 1 = 6:19:7
9
0 +4 0 0 −4 0 0
729 A : B : C = (3 : 10 : 3) × 2
Water = ×2 = 162 ml
9 +1 −1
Let x lt water be added then, = 6 : 20 : 6
567 7 Since C gives Rs. 400 to B
=
162 + x 3 Hence total amount of
x = 81 ml 400
A+B+C = × 32
1
Method-II (Short Trick): = Rs. 12800
C:W=7:2 Q.22.(1) −1 −1
..............(I)
A :B = 3 :4
C:W=7:3
−1 0
729 A : A = 4 : 5 ..............(II)
Added Water = 9 ×1 = 81 ml
−1 0
Q.17.(2) According to question B : B = 2 : 3 ..............(III)
Real length = 3a From eq. (I) & (II)
Real breadth = 4a 0 3
A = ×5
Real Area = 3a × 4a = 12a 2
4
Now, 0 15
Increased length = 4a A =
4
Increased breath = 5a
from eq. (I) & (III)
New Area = 4a × 5a = 20a2 0 4
Required Ratio = 12a : 20a
2 2 B = ×3
2
=3:5 0
64 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
PROBLEMs
8 ON AGES
SHORT Trick :
Introduction
A0 . B0 = 3 : 5
Problems based on ages are generally asked in
most of the competitive examinations. To solve (A+B)0 = 48 years
these problems, the knowledge of linear equations A-5 = ?
is essential. In such problems, there may be three
situations: B-5 = ?
EXERCISE
1
Q.1. A man's age is 125% of what it was 10 years ago, but 83 % of what it will be after 10 years. After how many
3
years his age will become 64 years?
(1) 12 years (2) 16 years (3) 15 years (4) 14 years (5) 10 years
Q.2. The ratio of the ages of the husband and the wife five years ago was 11: 9 whereas at the same time the ratio of
the ages of the husband and the son was 5: 1. Five years hence the ratio of the ages of the husband and the wife
will become 13 : 11. What is the sum of the present ages of all the three persons of the family?
(1) 128 years (2) 127 years (3) 126 years (4) Data inadequate (5) None of these
Q.3. The ratio of sum and the difference of the present age of Vivek and Arvind are 2 : 1. Four years ago, this ratio was
3 : 2. What will be the ratio of their ages after 12 years.
(1) 9 : 5 (2) 5 : 9 (3) 8 : 3 (4) 4. 5 (5) None of these
Q.4. The ratio of ages of Ravi 5 years ago and that of Rohan's age after 5 years is 2:3. The ratio of their present age is
3:4. What is the age of Ravi before 3 years and that of Rohan's age after 7 years?
(1) 39 : 49 (2) 75 : 10 (3) 72 : 107 (4) 3 : 5 (5) None of these
1
Q.5. A man's is 125% of what it was 10 years ago, but 83 % of what it will be after 10 years. What is his present age?
3
(1) 40 years (2) 50 years (3) 60 years (4) 30 years (5) 45 years
Q.6. The ratio of present age of A and B is 11:13 and sum of their ages is 72 years. Then find the present age of C who's
age is twice that of A?
(1) 56 years (2) 12 years (3) 78 years (4) 66 years (5) None of these
Q.7. The ratio of present age of Manoj and Waseem is 3 : 11. Waseem is 12 years younger than Rehana 7 years hence
Rehana will be 85 years old. What will be the present age of Manoj's father who is 25 years older than Manoj?
(1) 42 years (2) 43 years (3) 44 years (4) 45 years (5) 46 years
Q.8. Rohan's present age is 3 years less than twice his age 12 years ago. Also the ratio of present ages of Mohan and
Rohan is 4:9. What will be the Mohan's present age.
(1) 4 years (2) 12 years (3) 8 years
(4) 16 years (5) Cannot be determined
Q.9. Ratio of present ages of A and B is 2:3. B's age after 16 years will be twice the age of A after 4 years. Find the
difference between present ages of A and B?
(1) 7 years (2) 9 years (3) 11 years (4) 2 years (5) 8 years
Q.10. The average age of Ram and his two sons is 17 years. While the average age of Ram's wife and his two son's is 16
years. If the age of Ram is 33 years, find the age of Ram's wife.
(1) 31 years (2) 32 years (3) 35 years (4) 30 years (5) None of these
Q.11. The average age of two boys and their fathers exceed by 3 years than the average age of those two boys and their
1
mother. The average of those 4 persons is 19 years. If the average of these two boys is 5 2 years, then find the age
of father and mother?
(1) 37 years & 28 years (2) 47 years & 38 years (3) 50 years & 41 years
(4) 35 years & 32 years (5) None of these
Q.12. If 6 substracted from the present age of A and the remainder is divided by 18, the resultant is the age of B. C's
age is 5 years and B is 2 years younger than C. What is the present age of A?
(1) 60 years (2) 48 years (3) 84 years
(4) 64 years (5) None of these
Q.13. The average age of a family of five members is 24. If the present age of the youngest member is 8 years, what was
the average age of the family at the time of the birth of the youngest member?
(1) 20 years (2) 16 years (3) 12 years (4) 18 years (5) 21 years
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 67
stportal.mahendras.org
2
Q.14. Yashika got married 8 years ago Today her age is 1 times her age at the time of her marriage At present her
7
daughters age is one-sixth of her age What was her daughter’s age 3 years ago?
(1) 2 years (2) 3 years (3) 4 years (4) 5 years (5) None of these
Q.15. The ratio of the present ages of a son and his father is 1 : 5 and that of his mother and father is 4:5. After 2 years
the ratio of the age of the son to that of his mother becomes 3:10. What is the present age of the father?
(1) 30 years (2) 28 years (3) 37 years (4) Data inadequate (5) None of these
Q.16. The respective ratio between the present age of Manisha and Deepali is 5 : X. Manisha is 9 years younger than
Parineeta. Parineeta's age after 9 years will be 33 years. The difference between Deepali's and Manisha's age is
same as the present age of Parineeta. What will come in place of X?
(1) 23 (2) 39 (3) 15
(4) Cannot be determined (5) None of these
5
Q.17. Sush was thrice as old as Poonam 6 years back. Sush will be times as old as Poonam 6 years hence, How old
is Poonam today? 3
(1) 20 (2) 14 (3) 12 (4) 15 (5) None of these
Q.18. The sum of the ages of a father and his son is 4 times the age of the son. If the average age of the father and the
son is 28 years, what is the son’s age?
(1) 14 years (2) 16 years (3) 12 years (4) Data inadequate (5) None of these
Q.19. Radha's present age is three years less than twice her age 12 years ago. Also, the ratio of Raj's present age to
Radha’s present age is 4 : 9. What will be Raj’s age after 5 years?
(1) 12 yrs (2) 7 yrs (3) 21 yrs
(4) Can’t be determined (5) None of these
Q.20. Neeraj's age is 1/5 of his father's age. Neeraj's father's age will be twice Vinod’s age after 10 years, if Vinod’s
eighth birthday was celebrated two years ago, then what is Neeraj’s present age ?
(1) 14 years (2) 6 years (3) 30 years
(4) 10 years (5) None of these
Q.21. After 5 yrs, the age of a father will be thrice the age of his son, whereas five years ago. he was 7 times as old as his
son was. What are their present ages?
(1) 30 yrs (2) 40 yrs (3) 50 yrs
(4) 60 yrs (5) None of these
Q.22. In a family, a couple has a son and daughter. The age of the father is three times that of his daughter and the age
of the son is half of his mother. The wife is nine years younger to her husband and the brother is seven years older
than his sister. What is the age of the mother?
(1) 40 years (2) 45 years (3) 50 years
(4) 60 years (5) None of these
Q.23. Abhay’s age after six years will be three-seventh of his father’s age. Ten years ago, the ratio of their ages was 1 :
5. What is Abhay’s father’s age at present?
(1) 30yrs. (2) 40yrs. (3) 50yrs. (4) 60yrs. (5) None of these
Q.24. Tanya’s grandfather was 8 times older to her 16 years ago. He would be 3 times of her age 8 years from now. Eight
years ago, what was the ratio of Tanya’s age to that of her grandfather?
(1) 1:2 (2) 1:5 (3) 3:8 (4) 11:53 (5) None of these
Q.25. Eighteen years ago, a father was three times as old as his son. Now the father is only twice as old as his son. Then
the sum of the present ages of the son and the father is:
(1) 54 years (2) 72 years (3) 105 years (4) 108 years (5) None of these
68 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(4) Let his present age be x years Q.5.(2) Age 10 years before = 100%
According to the question, Present Age= 125%
x = 125% of (x – 10) 25% ................... 10 years
10
4x = 5x – 50 125% .............. × 1 2 5 = 50 years
25
x = 50 years OR
Required number of years = 64 – 50 = 14 years Age 10 years after = 100%
Q.2.(3) Five years ago, 1
Present Age = 83 %
H : W = 11 : 9 3
2
and H : S = 5 : 1 16 % ................ 10 years
3
Hence, H : W : S = 55 : 45 : 11 1 10 × 3 250
83 % ........ × = 50 years
55k + 10 13 3 50 3
= Q.6.(4) A0 : B0 = 11 : 13
45k + 10 11
Sum of A + B = 72 years
Five years hence,
24 parts ....... 72
k=1
72
Required value = 55 + 45 + 11 + 15 = 126 years 11 parts ....... 2 4 ×11 = 33 years
Q.3.(1) Let the present age of Vivek and Arvind be x & Present age of A = 33 years
y. According to question Present age of C = 2×33 = 66 years
x+y 2 Q.7.(2) Ratio of Age of Manoj : Waseem = 3 : 11
x − y = 1 , x = 3y.......(I) Waseem present age = 78-12 = 66 years
4 years ago their ages will be (x - 4) & (y- 4)
66
Again according to question Age of Manoj = ×3
11
(x − 4 ) + ( y − 4 ) 3 Present age of Manoj's father = 18+25= 43 years
= (x − 4 ) − (y − 4 ) = 2
Q.8.(2) Let Rohan's is present age be = x years
or 2x + 2y - 16 = 3x - 3y
According to question:
5y - x = 16 ...............(II)
x = 2 (x - 12) - 3
On solving eq. (i) & (ii)
x = 2x - 24 - 3
x = 24
x = 27
y = 8, Age of Vivek after 12 years
Rohan's present age = 27 years
= 24+12 = 36 years
4
Age of Arvind after 12 years= 8+12 = 20 years Mohan's present age = 27× = 12 years
9
Required Ratio = 36 : 20 = 9 : 5 Q.9.(5) Let the present ages of A and B be 2x & 3x.
Q.4.(3) Let the present age of Ravi and Rohan be 3x and A's age after 4 years = (2x + 4)
4x respectively. B's age after 16 years = (3x + 16)
According to question: (3x + 16) = 2 (2x + 4)
3x − 5 2 3x + 16 = 4x + 8
=
4x + 5 3
4x - 3x = 8
9x - 15 = 8x + 10 x = 8 years
x = 25 Required Difference = 3x - 2x = 3×8-2×8
Present age of Ravi = 3x = 3×25 = 75 = 24 - 16 = 8 years
Present age of Rohan = 4x = 4×25 = 100 Q.10.(4) Total age of Ram and his son = 17×3
Ravi age before 3 years = 72 = 51 years ........ (i)
Rohan age after 7 years 107 Total age of Ram's wife and his son
Required ratio = 72 : 107 = 16×3 = 48 years ........ (ii)
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 69
stportal.mahendras.org
So (i) – (ii) 5
(Ram + son)-(Ram's wife + son) = 3 years 5x = z
4
33 - Ram's wife = 3 years
4x = z................(3)
Ram's wife = 30 years
Q.11.(1) Let the ages of boys be P and Q and that of mother
x+2 3
After 2 years, =
and son be x and y respectively. z + 2 10
According to question:
Y +P +Q X +P +Q 10x + 14
− = 3 .........(I) 10x + 20 = 3z +6 ⇒ = z.......(4 )
3 3 3
X + Y +P +Q
Also = 1 9 .......... (II) from 3 & 4
4
P + Q 11 10 x + 14
Also = 4x = ⇒ x=7
2 2 .................. (III) 3
On solving eq. (II) and (III)
Putting x = 7
x + y = 65 ....................... (IV)
y = 35
On solving eq. (I) and (III)
Q.16.(5) Let age of Manisha = M, Deepali = D, Parineeta
y - x = 9 ........................ (V)
=P
On solving equation (IV) & (V) M 5
= ........(1 )
x = 28, y = 37 D x
Q.12.(1) According to question
M = P - 9.......(2)
A −6
=B P + 9 = 33
18
P = 24
A = 18 B + 6 .................... (I)
Putting P = 24 in eq. (2)
B = C - 2 = 5 - 2 = 3 years.......(II)
M = 24 - 9 = 15
Putting value of B in eq. .... (I)
D - M = P ........(3)
A = 18×3 + 6= 54 + 6 = 60 years
D - 15 = 24
Q.13.(1) Total age of 5 person = 24 × 5 = 120 years
D = 39
Before 8 year 5 × 8 = 40 years
Putting M = 15 and D = 39 in eq. (1)
120 - 40 = 80 years
15 5
Now the family member is 4 = 80/4= 20 years =
39 x
Q.14.(2) Yashika's age today = x
5 × 39
Yashika's age of marriage = x-8 ⇒x= = 13 ⇒ x = 13
15
9
x= ( x − 9) Q.17.(3) Let Present age of Sush= S and Poonam = P
7
(S-6) = 3 (P-6)
7x = 9x - 72 Þx = 36 years
S = 3P - 12.......(1)
1
Daughter's present age = 3 6 × = 6 5
6 (S + 6) = (P + 6 )
3 years age = 6 - 3 = 3 years 3
Q.15.(5) Let present age of son = x, father y, mother = z 35 + 18 = 5P + 30.........(2)
x:y=1:5 From (1) and (2)
5x = y.........(1) 3 (3P-12) + 18 = 5P + 30
z 4 9P - 36 + 18 = 5P + 30
z:y=4:5= =
y 5 P = 12 years
5z = 4y ..........(2) Q.18.(1) Let present age of father = F and Son = S
F + S = 4S.......(1)
70 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 71
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
9 PARTNERSHIP
EXERCISE
Q.1. Three men A, B and C start a business together. They invest Rs. 30000, Rs. 24000, and Rs.42000 respectively in
the beginning. After 4 months, B took out Rs.6000 and C took out Rs.10000. They get a profit of Rs.11960 at the
end of the year. B's share in the profit is-(approximate value)
(1) Rs. 2700 (2) Rs. 2600 (3) Rs. 2800 (4) Rs. 2500 (5) Rs. 2900
Q.2. A starts a business with an investment of Rs.16000. After 3 months B joins the partnership with an investment equal
5
to 8 th of A's investment and A withdraws Rs.2000 from the business. After 3 months more C joins the partnership
with an investment of Rs.9000. In the end of the year, C gets Rs.1026 as his share in profit. Find A's share in the
profit.
(1) Rs. 3300 (2) Rs. 3306 (3) Rs. 3406 (4) Rs. 3506 (5) None of these
Q.3. A,B and C started a business with an investment in the ratio 5:6:8 respectively. After one year C withdraw 50%
of his capital and A increased his capital by 60% of his investment. After two years in what ratio should the earned
profit be distributed among A,B and C respectively?
(1) 2 : 3 : 3 (2) 4 : 3 : 2 (3) 13 : 12 : 12
(4) Cannot be determined (5) None of these
Q.4. Prakash, Sunil and Anil started a business jointly investing Rs.11 lakh, Rs.16.5 lakh and Rs.8.25 lakh respectively.
The profit at the end of 3 years was Rs.19.5 lakh. What will be the 50% of Anil's share in the profit?
(1) Rs.4.50 Lakh (2) Rs.2.25 Lakh (3) Rs.2.50 Lakh (4) Rs.3.75 Lakh (5) None of these
Q.5. Sonu invested 10% more than Mona. Mona invested 10% less than Raghu. If the total sum of their investment is
Rs.5780. How much amount did Raghu invested?
(1) Rs.2010 (2) Rs.2000 (3) Rs.2100 (4) Rs.2210 (5) None of these
Q.6. Gita invests Rs.48000 to start a business. Four months later Shreya joins her by investing Rs.62000 and another
two months later Deepika joins then both by investing Rs.80000. At the end of one year the business earn a profit
of Rs.20661. What is Deepika's share in the profit?
(1) Rs.7668 (2) Rs.6603 (3) Rs.7240 (4) Rs.6390 (5) None of these
Q.7. Three friends Naimish, Ranveer and Arjun together started a business by investing Rs.250, Rs. 400 and Rs. 300
respetively. After 4 months Naimish invested Rs. 150 more and after 6 months Ranveer withdraw Rs. 100. While
after 8 months Arjun invested Rs. 200 more . At the end of the year, a profit of Rs. 1280 is obtained. Find the share
of Ranveer?
(1) Rs. 360 (2) Rs. 380 (3) Rs. 395 (4) Rs. 420 (5) Rs. 440
Q.8. Mr. Shiv Kumar started a business investing Rs.25000 in 1996. In 1997 he invested an additional amount of Rs.10000
and Mr. Rakesh joined him with an amount of Rs.35000. In 1998, Mr. Shiv Kumar invested another additional
amount of Rs.10000 and Mr. Suresh joined them with amount of Rs.35000. What will be Rakesh's share in the
profit of Rs.150000 earned at the end of three years from the start of the business in 1996?
(1) Rs.70000 (2) Rs.50000 (3) Rs.45000 (4) Rs.75000 (5) None of these
Q.9. Mrs. Raksha invested an amount of Rs.60,000 to start a software business. After six months, Kamal joined here
with an amount of Rs.90,000. After one year from the commencement of business, Raksha put in an additional
amount of Rs.20,000. At the end of three years, they earned a profit of Rs.71,20,000. What is Raksha's share in the
profit?
(1) Rs.35,20,000 (2) Rs.26,40,000 (3) Rs.27,00,000 (4) Rs.3,84,00,000 (5) None of these
Q.10. X, Y and Z are sharing profit in the ratio 4 : 3 : 2. Y retired from the firm and X and Z decide to share profit in the
ratio of 3:2. Calculate the gaining ratio.
(1) 7 : 8 (2) 5 : 9 (3) 4 : 7 (4) 5 : 8 (5) None of these
Q.11. A, B and C started a business with their investment in the ratio 1:3:5. After 4 months. A invested the same amount
as before and B as well as C withdraw half of their investment. The ratio of their profit at the end of the year was:
(1) 5 : 6 : 10 (2) 6 : 5 : 10 (3) 10 : 5 : 6 (4) 4 : 3 : 5 (5) Can't be determined
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 73
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.12. A, B and C are partners in a business. A, whose money has been used for 4 months, claims 1 /8 of the profit. B,
whose money has been used for 6 months, claims 1/3 of the profit. C had invested Rs. 1560 for 8 months. How
much money did A and B contribute together?
(1) Rs. 720 (2) Rs. 1560 (3) Rs. 2000 (4) Rs. 1280 (5) None of these
Q.13. A and B started a business by investing Rs. 20000 and Rs. 25000 respectively. After 4 months B left and C joined
by invested Rs. 15000. At the end of the year, there was a profit of Rs. 23000. What is C’s share?
(1) Rs. 8000 (2) Rs. 9000 (3) Rs. 6000 (4) Rs. 12000 (5) None of these
7 4 6
Q.14. A, B and C enter into a partnership in the ratio : : . Alter 4 months, A increase his share 50%. If the profit
3 3 5
earned by C at the end of one year be Rs. 21,600; then find the total profit.
(1) Rs. 102100 (2) Rs. 102400 (3) Rs. 103600 (4) Rs. 104000 (5) None of these
Q.15. Avinash, Manoj and Arun started a business in partnership investing in the ratio of 3:2:5 respectively. At the end
of the year they earned a profit of Rs. 45,000 which is 15% of their total investment. How much did Manoj invest?
(1) Rs. 60,000 (2) Rs. 1,80,00 (3) Rs. 30,000 (4) Rs. 90,000 (5) None of these
Q.16. A and B started a business by investing Rs. 35,000 and Rs. 20,000 respectively. B left the business after 5 months
and C joined the business with a sum of Rs.15,000. The profit earned at the end of the year is Rs. 84,125. What is
B’s share of profit?
(1) Rs.14133 (2) Rs. 15,000 (3) Rs.13,460
(4) Cannot be determined (5) None of these
Q.17. Ninad. Vikas and Manav enter into a partnership. Ninad invests some amount at the beginning. Vikas invests
double the amount after 6 months and Manav invests thrice the amount invested by Ninad after 8 months. They
earn a profit of Rs. 45,000 at the end of the year. What is Manav’s share in the profit?
(1) Rs. 25,000 (2) Rs. 15,000 (3) Rs. 12,000 (4) Rs. 9,000 (5) None of these
Q.18. A invests Rs. 64,000 in a business. After few months B joined him with Rs. 48,000. At the end of year, the total
profit was divided between them in the ratio 2:1. After how many months did B join?
(1) 7 (2) 8 (3) 4 (4) 6 (5) None of these
Q.19. Geeta press makes a profit of 9,00,000, 20% of which is paid as taxes. If the rest is divided among the partners P
1
Q and R in the ratio of 1 : 1 : 2, then shares of P, Q and R are respectively.
2
(1) Rs. 2,40,000, Rs. 3,20,000, Rs. 1,60,000 (2) Rs. 3,20,000, Rs. 2,40,000, Rs. 1,60,000
(3) Rs. 2,60,000, Rs. 3,20,000, Rs. 2,40,000 (4) Rs. 1,60,000, Rs. 2,40,000, Rs. 3,20,000
(5) None of these
Q.20. A, B and C started a business with their investments in the ratio 1 : 2 : 4. After 6 month A invested the half amount
1
more as before and B invested same the amount as before which C withdrew th of the their investments. Find
the ratio of their profits at the end of the year. 4
(1) 5 : 12 : 13 (2) 5 : 11 : 14 (3) 5 : 12 : 14 (4) 5 : 6 : 11 (5) None of these
Q.21. A, B and C started a business by investing Rs. 24,000, Rs. 32000 and Rs. 18000 respectively. A and B are active
partners and get 15% and 12% of total profit and remaining profit is to be distributed among them in the ratio of
their investment. If C got total Rs. 65700 as a profit, what was the total amount of profit ?
(1) Rs. 375000 (2) Rs. 367000 (3) Rs. 350000 (4) Rs. 360000 (5) Rs. 370000
1
Q.22. X, Y and Z enter into partnership. X invest part of total capital for one-fourth of the time. Y contributes one fifth
4
of the capital for half of the time. Z contributes the remaining capital for the whole time. How should they divided
a profit of Rs. 1140 ?
(1) Rs. 100, Rs. 160, Rs. 880 (2) Rs. 110, Rs. 140, Rs. 860
(3) Rs. 120, Rs. 150, Rs. 840 (4) Rs. 140, Rs. 170, Rs. 830
(5) None of these
74 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
1
Q.23. A, B and C are three partners in a business A, whose money has been used for 4 months, claims of the profit,
1 8
B whose money has been used for 6 months, claims 3 of the profit. C had invested Rs. 1560 for 8 months. C had
invested Rs.1560 for 8 months. How much money did A and B contribute ?
(1) Rs. 740, Rs. 1250 (2) Rs. 730, Rs. 1240 (3) Rs. 720, Rs. 1280
(4) Rs. 750, Rs. 1260, (5) Rs. 750, Rs. 1200
1 1 1
Q.24. A, B and C started a business in partnership and invested in the ratio of : : . After 4 months A withdraw half
4 3 6
1
of his investment and after its 2 months B withdraw of its investment. If the total earned profit, at the end of
3
year is Rs. 14000. Find the share of thier profit.
(1) Rs. 2500, Rs. 2450, Rs.2145 (2) Rs. 3000, Rs. 4500, Rs.2100
(3) Rs. 4000, Rs. 3500, Rs.1254 (4) Rs. 4200, Rs. 5600, Rs.4200
(5) None of these
Q.25. A and B started a business in partnership by investing Rs. 10000 and Rs. 4000 respectively. condition of partnership
is that B got Rs. 100 per month for management of the business. After paying 5% interest on the capital, annual
profit has distributed in the ratio of their investment, Find the share of their profit, if the annual profit is Rs. 4000.
(1) Rs. 3000 each (2) Rs. 2500 each (3) Rs. 1500 each (4) Rs. 2000 each (5) None of these
Q.26. A and B started a business together, A invested 36,000 and B invested 60,000. A is active partner and B is sleeping
partner. A received 10% of the profit for managing the business, and remaining is divided in proportion to their
capitals. If A total received Rs 7000 of profit, then find the share of B in profit.
(1) Rs 10,000 (2) Rs 12,000 (3) Rs 8,000 (4) Rs 9,000 (5) None of these
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 75
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(5) Ratio of capital ∴ Deepika's share in profit
A : B : C 20661
= × 3 0 = Rs.6390
30000×12 : (24000×4 : (42000×4 36 + 31 + 30
+18000×8) +32000×8) Q.7.(2) Ratio of the profit
45 : 30 : 53 (250×4+400×8) :(400×6+300×6) : (300×8+500×4)
⇒ 21 : 21 : 22
Now,
11960 1280
B's share= × 3 0 = 2917.073 ∴ Ranveer share = × 2 1 = Rs.420
40 + 30 + 53 64
or Rs. 2900 (Approx.) Q.8.(2) Shiv Kumar's equivalent capital
16000 × 5 =(25000×3) + (10000×2) + (10000×1)
Q.2.(2) B's Investment = = 10000
8 = Rs.105000
Now,
Rakesh's equivalent capital =(35000×2)
Ratio of equivalent capital of A, B and C for 1
month. = Rs.70000
Where, 3 : 2 : 1
1026 15000
∴ 29 ratio = × 29 = 3 + 2 + 1 × 2 = Rs.50000/-
9
A's share of profit = Rs. 3306 Q.9.(1) Equivalent capital of Raksha
Q.3.(3) For profit sharing ratio =Rs. (60000×1+80000×2) = Rs. 2,20,000
A : B : C Equivalent capital of kamal
(5×12+8×12) : (6×24) : (8×12+4×12) 1 5
= 90,000×2 ⇒ 9 0 0 0 0 × = Rs. 225000
(60+96) (144) : (96+48) 2 2
= 13 : 12 : 12 44 : 45
1 1 1 1 Q.17.(2) x × 12 : 2x × 6 : 3x × 4
= : : 1 − + 1:1:1
8 3 8 3
45000
1 1 13 Share of Manav = × 1 = R s.1 5 0 0 0
= : : 3
8 3 24 Q.18.(3) 64000 × 12 : 48000 × x = 2 : 1
= 3 : 8 :13
16 2
Now, for A & C =
x 1
A × 4 : C × 8 = 3 : 13
x = 8 month
A × 4 : 1560 × 8 = 3 : 13
After = 12 - 8 = 4 month
1560 × 8 × 8 Q.19.(4) P : Q : R
A= = Rs.720
4 × 13 3
Capital — 1 : :2
For B & C, 2
Profit— 2 : 3 : 4
B × 6 : C × 8 = 8 : 13
Profit = (2x + 3x + 4x) = 9x units
B × 6 : 1560 × 8 = 8 : 13
According to the question,
1560 × 8 × 8
B= = Rs.1280 8
6 × 13 9x = 9,00,000 ×
100
Contribution by A & B together 9x = 7,20,000
= 720 + 1280= Rs. 2000 Profit of P = 2x = 2 ×80,000 = Rs. 160,000
Q.13.(3) A : B : C Profit of Q = 3x = 3 × 80,000 = Rs. 240,000
= 20000×12 : 25000×4 : 15000×8 Profit of R = 4x = 4 × 80,000= Rs. 3,20,000
= 12 : 5 : 6 Q.20.(3) Initial capital = 2x : 4x : 8x
23000 Total capital invested by A
Share of C = × 6 = R s.6 0 0 0
23 = (2x × 6 + 3x ×6) = 30x
Total capital invested by B
7 4 6 = (4x × 6 + 8x × 6) = 72x
Q.14.(5) A : B : C = : : = 3 5 : 2 0 : 1 8
3 3 5
Total capital invested by C= (6×8x + 6x × 6)
Ratio of profit
= (48x + 36x) = 84x
= [35×4+49×8]:20×12:18×12
New ratio of capitals :
532 : 261 : 216
A:B:C
21600
Total profit= × 1 0 0 9 = Rs. 100900 Capital — 30x : 72x : 84 x
216
Q.15.(1) Total investment Profit— 5 : 12 : 14
Required ratio of their profit = 5 : 12 : 14
= 1 0 0 × 4 5 0 0 0 = R s.3 0 0 0 0 0
15 Q.21.(5) 12 : 16 : 9
Avinash : Manoj : Arun = 3 : 2 : 5 65700 37
× × 1 0 0 = Rs. 370000
Investment of Manoj 9 73
2 Q.22.(1) Let the total time = 8 years
= × 3 0 0 0 0 0 = R s.6 0 0 0 0 Let the total capital = 20 units
10
Q.16.(3) A : B : C = 35000 ×12 : 20000×5 : 15000 × 7 X :Y : Z
Capital— 5 : 4 : 11
84 : 20 : 21
¯× ¯× ¯×
84125 Time— 2 : 4 : 8
Share of B = × 2 0 = 13460
125 Profit— 10 : 16 : 88
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 77
stportal.mahendras.org
5 : 8 : 44 A:B:C
According to the question, Capital 24 x : 32x : 24x
(5+8+44) units = Rs. 1140 3x : 4x : 3 x
57 units = Rs. 1140 According to the question,
1140 (3x + 4x + 3x) = 14000
1 units = R s. = Rs. 20
57 10x = 14000
Profit of x = 20 ×5 = Rs. 100
x = 1400
Profit of Y = 20 × 8 = Rs. 160
Hence, Profit of A = 1400×3 = Rs. 4200
Profit of Z = 20 × 44 = Rs. 880
Profit of B = 1400 × 4 = Rs. 5600
Q.23.(3) Let total profit = 24 units
Profit of C = 1400×3 = Rs. 4200
1
Profit of A = × 2 4 = 3 units Q.25.(4) B's profit share in 1 years = 12×100
8
= Rs. 1200
1
Profit of B = × 2 4 = 8u n its
3 10000 × 5 ×1
Interest of A = 100 = Rs. 500
A:B:C
Capital— x : y : 1560 4000 × 5 ×1
Interest of B = = Rs. 200
Time— 4:6:8 100
Total profit of A and B = 1200 + 500 +200
Profit — 3 : 8 : 13 [24-(8+3)]
We know = Rs. 1900
CHAPTER
MIXTURE and
10
ALLIGATION
Applying Rule of Alligation
General Rules
Ist type IInd type
I. Alligation : It enables us to find the ratio in which two
R s .6 0 R s .6 5
or more ingredients at the given price must be mixed
to produce a mixture of a desired price.
R s .6 2 (M ix ture )
II. Mean price : The cost price of a unit quantity of the
mixture is called the mean price.
III. Basic Formula : If two ingredients are A and B are 3 2
mixed of price x and y respectively, then the price of
Required Ratio = 3 : 2
resultant mixture is M mean price. The ratio in which
ingredients are mixed is given by rule of alligation Ex. 729 Litres of mixtures containing milk and water in
the ratio 7 : 2. How much more water should be added
M −y so that the new mixture contains milk and water in the
R =
x −M ratio 7 : 3 ?.
The above formula can be respented as 2
Sol. 729 litre quantity of water =
Ingre die nt A Ingre die nt B 9
y Pure water = 1
x
3
Quantity of water in mixture =
10
Applying Alligation:
m ea n price M
2
9 1
(M -y) : (x-M ) 3
10
Thus the required ratio is R
M −y y −M
= = 3 3 2
x −M M −x 1
10 10 9
Ex. In what ratio must rice costing Rs.8.50 per kg be mixed 7 7
with rice costing Rs.13 per kg so that the mixture be 10 90
worth Rs.10 per kg? Required Ratio = 9 : 1
Sol. O ne ty pe of R ice 2n d typ e o f R ic e 9 = 729 litre
R s .8 .50 R s .1 3.0 0 729
1= ×1= 81 Litres
9
10 R s . IV. Mixture of more than two elements:
These question may seems to be a little tricky at first,
but similar concept is applied repeatedly in order
3.00 1.50 to calculate final ratio of ingredients when mixture
contains more than two ingredients.
2 : 1
1. Take two ingredients in such away that first ingredient
Ex. In what ratio must a grocer mix two varities of sugr is lower than the mean value and the other one is
costing Rs.60 per kg and Rs.65 per kg, so that on higher than mean value.
selling the mixture at Rs.68.20 per kg he may gain 2. Calculate the ratio of ingredients.
10%? 3. Repeat for all possible pairs.
Sol. Cost price of 1 kg of mixture 4. Final ratio is the ratio obtained from step 2 (if an
100 ingredients is common in the ratios, add value for this
= 68.20× particular ingredient)
110
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 79
stportal.mahendras.org
Ex. Three types of Rice of Rs. 1.27, Rs. 1.29 and Rs. 1.32 Sol. Let initial quantity of wine in a cask = x lit
per kg are mixed together to be sold at Rs. 1.30 per
kg. in what ratio should this rice be mixed. So, After 4 process,
Sol. I III II III
L F 8I 4 OP
127 132 129 132 4 = M x GH 1 − x JK
130 130
MN PQ lit.
2 3 1 2
FG
x 1−
8 IJ 4
80 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1. What quantity of tea costing Rs.8 per kg be mixed with 15 kg of tea costing Rs.20 per kg so that mixture be worth
Rs.12 per kg.?
(1) 15 kg (2) 20 kg (3) 25 kg (4) 30 kg (5) 40 kg
Q.2. Two alloys are both made up of copper and tin. The ratio of copper and tin in the first alloy is 1 : 3 and in the second
alloy is 2 : 5. In what ratio should the two alloys be mixed to obtain a new alloy in which ratio of tin and copper
be 8 : 3?
(1) 7 : 5 (2) 5 : 7 (3) 4 : 7 (4) 7 : 4 (5) 3 : 4
Q.3. A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio 3 : 2 and another mixture contains that of in the ratio 4 : 5. How
many litres of the latter must be mixed with 3 ltrs of the former so that the resulting mixture may contain equal
quantities of milk and water?
3 2 4 2 2
(1) 5 ltr. (2) 5 5 ltr. (3) 1 5 ltr. (4) 2 ltr. (5) 4 ltr.
5 5 5
Q.4. A mixture contains two liquids ‘A’ and ‘B’ are in the ratio 4:1. If 10 litres of mixture is withdrawn and replaced
with 10 litres of ‘B’, then the ratio becomes 2:3. What was the initial quantity of A?
(1) 16 ltr. (2) 20 ltr. (3) 25 ltr. (4) 15 ltr. (5) 18 ltr.
Q.5. A Jar contains a mixture of milk and water in the ratio 5:1, 18 litre of mixture is taken out from jar and 6 litre pure
water is added in the jar. If the resultant ratio between milk and water in the jar is 3:1, what was the initial quantity
of mixture in jar before the replacement?
(1) 54 ltr. (2) 36 ltr. (3) 60 ltr. (4) 72 ltr. (5) 76 ltr.
Q.6. Ajay purchased two different kinds of vinegar. In the first mixture, vinegar is 75% and in the second mixture, vin-
egar is 83.33%. If he mixes, the two given mixtures and makes a third mixture in which the percentage of vinegar
is 80%, what is the quantity of the first mixture that is required to make 20 litres of the third kind of mixture?
(1) 8 litres (2) 9 litres (3) 6 litres (4) 7 litres (5) None of these
Q.7. Two vessel contain petrol and kerosene in the ratio 7 : 3 and 1 : 4. In what ratio should both vessel is mixed so that
the mixture contain petrol and kerosene in the ratio 3 : 2?
(1) 4 : 1 (2) 1 : 4 (3) 2 : 3 (4) 3 : 2 (5) None of these
Q.8. If a mixture contains 60% of milk and the remaining is water. Another mixture contains 75% milk, 20% water.
The new mixture is formed by mixing these two mixtures such that the water contains 25%. In the new mixture
the remaining is honey. What is the % of honey in the new mixture?
(1) 11.25% (2) 15% (3) 3.75% (4) 12% (5) None of these
Q.9. Two tank contain petrol and diesel. In the first tank the ratio of petrol to diesel is 7:4 and in the second tank the ratio
is 4 : 5. A third tank of capacity 38L is filled with these two tanks so that the mixture contains the ratio of petrol to
diesel is 5 : 4. How many litres are taken from the second tank?
(1) 11L (2) 12L (3) 13L (4) 16L (5) None of these
Q.10. 1050 rupees are distributed among 1400 males and females such that each male got Rs.1 and each female got 50
paise. Find the number of females among the group.
(1) 600 (2) 700 (3) 800 (4) 550 (5) 640
Q.11. Weight of two friends Ram and Shyam are in the ratio of 4:5. Rams weight increases by 10% and the total weight of
Ram and Shyam together becomes 82.8 kg, with an increase of 15%. By what % did the weight of Shyam increase?
(1) 17% (2) 18% (3) 19% (4) 20% (5) 21%
Q.12. Mukesh earned Rs.4000 per month. From the last month, his income is increased by 8%. Due to rise in prices, his
expenditure also increased by 12% and his saving decreased by 4%. Find his increased expenditure.
(1) Rs.3000 (2) Rs.3200 (3) Rs.3360 (4) Rs.3060 (5) Rs.3150
Q.13. A man travelled a distance of 90 km in 9 hours, partly on foot at 8 km/hr and partly on bicycle at 17 km/hr. Find
the distance travelled on foot.
(1) 50 km (2) 55 km (3) 60 km (4) 56 km (5) 75 km
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 81
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.14. A cricketer whose bowling average is 24.85 run per wicket takes 5 wickets for 52 runs and there by decrease his
average by .85. The number of wickets taken by him before the last match was-
(1) 64 (2) 72 (3) 80 (4) 96 (5) 92
Q.15. A man lent Rs. 1500 partly at 6% and other at 5% simple interest. If the total interest earned at the end of 1 year is
Rs.85, then find the amount lent out at 5% simple interest?
(1) Rs.550 (2) Rs.500 (3) Rs.540 (4) Rs.640 (5) Rs.555
Q.16. Jaya purchased 150 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs.7 per kg. She sells 50 kg at a profit of 10%. At what rate should
she sell the remaining quantity so that she gains an overall profit of 20%?
(1) Rs.8 (2) Rs.8.25 (3) Rs.8.40 (4) Rs.8.75 (5) Rs.9.50
Q.17. The ratio of land to water on the whole of the earth is 1:2 and it is 2:3 on the northern hemisphere. The ratio of land
to water on the southern hemisphere-
(1) 11 : 4 (2) 4 : 11 (3) 15 : 4 (4) 4 : 15 (5) 11 : 15
Q.18. A mixture contains milk & water in the ratio 5 : 3. If 16 litres of mixture is replaced by 16 litres of water the ratio
of milk and water becomes 3:5. How much milk was there in the mixture initially?
(1) 8 ltr. (2) 16 ltr. (3) 24 ltr. (4) 25 ltr. (5) 28 ltr.
Q.19. A vessel contains mixture of spirit and water. The percent of spirit in the mixture is 18%, 6 litres of mixture are
replaced with pure water, if the vessel contains 15% spirit now, the capacity of vessel is-
(1) 25 ltr. (2) 30 ltr. (3) 36 ltr. (4) 40 ltr. (5) 45 ltr.
Q.20. How many kg of salt at 42 paisa per kg must be a man mixed with 25 kg of salt at 24 paisa per kg., so that 25%
gain on outlay on selling the mixture at 40 paisa per kg ?
(1) 15 kg (2) 16 kg. (3) 25 kg. (4) 30 kg. (5) 18 kg.
Q.21. A man has 90 pens. He sells some of these at a profit of 15% and the rest at 9% profit. On the whole transaction he
gets a profit of 11%. How many pens did he sell at 9% profit ?
(1) 60 (2) 50 (3) 40 (4) 70 (5) 30
Q.22. A mixture of a certain quantity of milk with 15 ltr of water is purchase at 100 paisa per ltr. If pure milk be worth
Rs. 1.15 ltr, then how much milk is there in the mixture ?
(1) 80 ltr (2) 90 ltr (3) 100 ltr (4) 110 ltr (5) 120 ltr
Q.23. Ram covered a distance of 200 km in 10 hrs. The first part of his journey is covered by auto, then he hired a car.
The speed of the auto and car is 15 km/hr. and 30 km/hr. respectively. Find the ratio of distance covered by auto
and that of car.
(1) 3 : 4 (2) 2 : 1 (3) 1 : 1 (4) 2 : 3 (5) None of these
Q.24. Two brands of detergents are to be combined detergent A contains 40% bleach and 60% soap. While detergent B
contains 25% bleach and 75% soap. If the combined mixture is to be 35% bleach. What % of the final mixture
should be detergent A ?
(1) 30% (2) 45.64% (3) 20% (4) 32.5% (5) 66.67%
Q.25. 12 litres of water is drawn out from a container full of water and replaced by milk. Again 12 litres of mixture are
drawn and the container is again filled with milk. The ratio of final quantity of water to milk in the container is 25
: 11. How much did the container hold ?
(1) 60 litres (2) 65 litres (3) 72 litres (4) 39 litres (5) None of these
Q.26. Tea worth Rs. 126 per kg and Rs. 135 per kg are mixed with a third variety of the ratio 1 :1 : 2 If the mixture is
worth Rs. 153 per kg, the price of the third variety per kg will be :
(1) 175.50 Rs./kg (2) 195.50 Rs./kg (3) 165.50 Rs./kg (4) 135.50 Rs./kg (5) None of these
Q.27. In what ratio must a person mix three kind fo tea each of which has a price of 70,80 & 120 rupees per/kg in such
a way that the mixture cost 100 Rs./kg
(1) 2 : 3 : 4 (2) 2 : 1 : 2 (3) 5 : 2 : 2 (4) 2 : 2 : 5 (5) 3 : 2 : 1
82 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(4) Required Ratio = 1 : 1
O ne type of Tea 2n d typ e of Te a 1 = 10 litre
R s.8 /kg R s.2 0/kg
2 = 20 litre
12 R s./kg (M ixture ) 20
Quantity of A = ×4 = 16 litre
5
1
8 4 Q.5.(4) Quantity of water in the Jar =
6
Quantity of water added = 1
2 : 1 (R a tio )
1
1 Part = 15 kg Quantity of water in the mixture = 4
2 Part = 15×2 = 30 kg. 1
3 6 1
Q.2.(3) Quantity of Tin in Ist alloy =
4 1
5 4
Quantity of Tin in 2nd alloy =
7
Quantity of Tin in the mixture = 3 1
Apply rule of Alligation: 4 12
3 5 Required Ratio = 9 : 1
4 7
1 =.6 litre
8 9 = 54 litre
11
Now = 54 + 18 litre = 72 litre
Q.6.(1) By allegation rule
8 5 3 8 3/4 5/6
11 7 4 11 4/5
1 1
77 44 1/30 1/20=2:3
Required Ratio = 4 : 7 Required answer =20×2/5 = 8 litres
3 Q.7.(1) 30% 80% Kerosene in first mixture
Q.3.(2) Quantity of milk in the Ist mixture=
5 = 3/10×100%= 30%
4
Quantity of milk in the IInd mixture = 40% Kerosene in final mixture
9
1 = 2/5×100%= 40%
Quantity of milk in the final mixture=
2 40% 10% Kerosene in second mixture
Applying Alligation:
3 4 = 4/5×100%= 80%
5 9 4 : 1
1 Hence, option(1) is correct.
2 Q.8.(3) Taking percentage of water
40 20
1 4 3 1 25
2 9 5 2 5 15
1 1 1:3
18 10
Now let first mixture be 100 ltr. and second
Required ratio = 5 : 9 mixture be 300 ltr.
5 Part = 3 litres
Quantity of Milk = 5% of 300 = 15 ltr.
3 27 2
9 Part = 5 ×9 = 5 = 5 5 litres 15
Percentage of Milk in final mixture = ×100
Q.4.(1) 400
1 = 3.75%
5 1 Q.9.(4) 7/11 4/9
3 5/9
5 1/9 : 8/99
11 : 8
2 2
Amount taken from the first tank = 11/19×38
5 5
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 83
stportal.mahendras.org
= 22L In this case we get ratio of time
Amount taken from the second tank = 8/19×38 Hence,
= 16L 9 = 90 hrs.
Hence, option(4) is correct. 7 = 7 hrs.
Q.10.(2) Amount received by each man = 1 Rs. D = S × T = 8 × 7 = 56 km/hrs.
Amount received by one women = 50 paise Q.14.(3) New Average = 24 run per wicket
Amount received by each person Old Average = 24.85
1050 52
= = 7 5 p a ise Average of last match = = 10.4
1400 5
Applying Alligation :
Applying alligation :
24.85 10.4
1 .5 0
24
.7 5
13.6 .85
.2 5 .2 5
Required Ratio = 16 : 1
Required Ratio = 1 : 1
1 = 5 wicket
2 = 1400
16 = 80 wicket
1400
1= 2 ×1 = 700 womens. Q.15.(2) Interest on 1500 at 6% = 90 Rupees
Q.11.(3) % increase in Ram’s weight = 10% Interest on 1500 at 5% = 75 Rupees
% increase in Shyam’s weight = x% 85 ×100 17
Overall Interest = = %
% increase in overall weight = 15% 1500 × 6 3
Ram Shyam on Rs.1500/-= 85 Rupees
10% x% 90 75 6% 5%
17%
15% 85
Or 3
2 1
10 5
x-15 : 5 3 3
2 1 2 1
x −15 4
= 1
5 5 Required Ratio = ×1500 = 500 Rs.
3
x = 19% Q.16.(4) S.P. at 10% Profit = 7.70
S.P. at 20% Profit = 8.40
Q.12.(3) % increase in Exp % decrease in Sa ving
12 -4 (50 kg) (100 kg)
7.7 X
8 % increase in incom e
8.4
12 4
1 2
Required Ratio = 3 : 1
3 8 .4 − 7 .7 2
Expenditure = × 4 0 0 0 =3000 Rs. =
4 x − 8 .4 1
112
Increase Expenditure = 3000 × = Rs.3360
100 x = 8.75 Rs.
Q.13.(4) Foot On cycle
8 km /hr 17 km /hr Q.17.(2) By Alligation:
2 x
5
10 km /hr O verall sp eed 1
3
= 90/9= 10 km .
1 1
7 : 2 2
2
84 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
3:2 ⇒ 5 x = 72 liter
2 Ratio = 16 Litre Q.26.(1) Since first and second varieties are mixed in equal
5 Ratio = 40 Litre proportions, so their average price
5
Initial quantity of Milk = × 4 0 = 25 Litre
FG 126 + 135 IJ =Rs. 130.50
Q.19.(3) 18 0
8
= Rs. H 2 K
So, the mixture is formed by mixing two varieties,
15 one at Rs. 130.50 per kg and the other at say, Rs.
15 : 3 x per kg in the ratio 2 : 2, i.e., 1 : 1. We have to
5 : 1 find x.
Now, By the rule of alligation, we have :
1=6 13 0.50 x
6 = 36 litre.
40 15 3
Q.20.(2) Cost Price of mixture= × 1 0 0 = 3 2 R s. / K g
125
42 24
2 2
32
8 : 10 1 : 1
4 : 5 1 5 3 − 1 3 0 .5 1
Hence, =
5 = 25 x −153 1
4 = 16 x = 175.50 kg.
Q.27.(4) I III
70 12 0
Q.21.(1) 15 9
11 10 0
2 : 4
Þ 1 : 2 20 30
Hence pen at 9% profit = 2/3 × 90 = Rs.60
Similarly
Q.22.(3) 115 0
II pa ir III pa ir
100 80 120
100 : 15
100
20 : 3
3 = 15 litre, 20 = 100 litre
20 20
Q.23.(3) 15 30
20 Thus find ratio
10 : 5 = I : II : III
2 : 1 = 20 : 20 : (30 + 20) = 2 : 2 : 5
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 85
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
86 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Sol. METHOD I : FORMULA METHOD :
1 1 1 by formula
Work/ day of A,B and C = + +
12 15 20 XY 8 ×5 1
5 +4 +3 1 = X − Y = = 1 3 days
= = 8 −5 3
60 5
3. If A and B working together, can finish a piece of
Total days = 5 days work in X days, B and C in Y days, C and A in Z days
METHOD II (L.C.M. method) : then.
5w /d A 12 days A, B and C working together will finish the job in
4w /d B 15 days L.C .M .= 60 w ork 2 XY Z
3w /d C 20 days XY + Y Z + Z X days
Ex. A and B can complete a piece of work in 8 days B
Total work/day by (A+B+C) = 12 work
and C can do it in days 12 days, C and A can do it in
Total work is done by (A+B+C) 8 days, A B and C together can complete it in-
60 1
= =5 days
12 Sol. Work done by A and B in one day = 8
FORMULA METHOD :
1
They together complete the whole work work done by B & C in one day =
12
xyz
= 1
xy + yz + zx work done by C and A in 1 day = work done by
A,B and C together in 1 day 8
12 ×15 × 20
= = 5 days 1
12 ×15 + 15 × 20 + 20 ×12 11 1 1
= + + =
2. Two person A and B working together, can complete a 2 8 12 8 6
piece of work in X days. If A alone can complete the A,B and C together complete the whole job =6 days
work in Y days, then B working alone will complete
METHOD II (L.C.M. METHOD) :
XY 3 w /d (A +B )
the work in days 8d
X −Y 2 w /d (B +C ) 1 2 d
Ex. A and B together can do a piece of work in 5 days and 3 w /d (C + A ) 8d
A alone can do it in 8 days. B alone can do the same 8 w /d 2 (A + B + C )
piece of work in 4 w /d (A + B +C )
on e d ay w ork
Sol. METHOD I :
Time taken by A, B & C together to complete the work
Here (A+B) = 5 days, A = 8 days = 24/4 = 6 days
B alone can finish the work in one day FORMULA METHOD:
1 1 8 −5 A + B and C can do finish the whole work
= − = part
5 8 4 0
2 × 8 ×12 × 8 2 × 8 ×12 × 8
40 = = = 6 day
B finish the whole work = days 8 ×12 + 12 × 8 + 8 × 8 96 + 96 + 64
3
1 Ex. A can complete a piece of work in 20 days & B can
= 1 3 days complete the same work in 25 days. If they start the
3
work together but After 5 days A left the work. In how
METHOD II. (L.C.M. METHOD) : many days the total work would be finished?
8 /d A + B - 5 d a y
w Sol. METHOD I:
5 w /d A - 8 day To ta l w o rk
Work/day of A and B
3 w /d B
(O ne d ay w ork) 1 1 9
= + =
20 25 100
B finish the whole work
5 ×9
40 1 A and B’s 5 day’s work = = 9/20
= = 1 3 days 100
3 3
Remaining work = 1 - 9/20 = 11/20
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 87
stportal.mahendras.org
Since A left after 5 days hence remaining work done 1
by B = 11/20 Total days So total days = 1 3 +3
5
11 / 20 11 25 3 1
= × = 1 3 days = 16 days
1 20 1 4 5
25 Ex. A can complete a piece of work in 9 days and B in 12
3 3 days respectively. If they work for a day alternately,
So, total days = 5 + 1 3 = 1 8 days In how many days the work would be finished, If A
4 4
begins the work?
METHOD II:
Sol. 4w /d A - 9 da ys
5w /d A 20 d ays LC M = 36 w o rk
10 0 w ork
4w /d B 25 d ays 3w /d B - 12 d ays
9w /d A+B Now,
A+B A B 55 = 1 3 3 da ys A B A B
5 da ys 4 4 7w
4w 3w 4w 3w
5× 9 = 45w 55 w 2 days 2 days
10 0 w 7 w → 2 days
3 3 5x 7w → 2 days ×5
Total Time = 5+13 = 18 days
4 4 35w → 10 days
Ex. A and B can complete a piece of work in 24 days &
Remaining work = 36 -35 = 1 w
36 days respectively. They start the work but 3 days
before completion of work, A left. In how many days 1w will be done by A (because A starts the work)
will the total work be completed. 1
Sol. METHOD I : ∴ 1w → 4 days----------- (done by A)
A’s 1 day’s work = 1/24
∴ Total time = 10 +
FG1
days
IJ
B’s 1 days’ work = 1/36
1
H4 K
∴A left before 3 days = 10 days
4
3 1
∴For last 3 days B’s work = = 4. Work efficiency of any worker inversely proportional
36 12
to time taken by him.
1 11
Remaining work = 1 − = 1
12 12 i.e, work efficiency ∝ T im e
Hence remaing work done by both so total days Ex. A is twice as good a work man as B & together they
finish a piece of work in 18 days. In how many days
11 11
1 will A alone finish the work ?
= 12 = 12 =13
1 1 5 5 Sol. A : B = 2 : 1
+
24 36 72 Time taken by A and B = 18 days
1 1 work done by A and B = 18 × 3 = 54 work
So total days = 1 3 5 +3 = 1 6 5 days
54
A will do alone = = 27 days
METHOD II: 2
3 w /d A −2 4 d ay Ex. If the ratio of work efficiency of A & B is 6 : 5 & that
2 w /d B −3 6 d ay To ta l w ork of B & C is 6 : 5. If A can complete the piece of work
5 w /d A+B in 2 days, In How many days the same work can be
(O n e d a y w ork ) completed by B separately ?
1 Sol. A : B = [6 : 5]
6 6 /5 = 1 3 5 d a y s A
Note : Here B : C is not required, this is given to
A+B B confuse you,
(3 da ys) time taken by A = 2 days
6 6 w o rk 3× 2= 6
w o rk work done by A = 2 × 6 = 12 work
7 2 w o rk
88 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
12 2 ×
time taken by B = = 2 days a m en or b w om en or c children d days
5 5
5. MDH FORMULA:
(i) More men can do more work. i.e. M ∝ W. x m en & y w om en &
z children ? days
1
(ii) More men means less working hours. i.e. M ∝ H . a ×b ×c ×d
D =
(iii) More men can do same work in less number of xb c + ya c + za b
1 Ex. 3 Men or 4 Women can do a piece of work in 43 days.
days. i.e. M ∝ .
D In how many days 7 men & 5 women can do the same
W work ?
M∝
DH Sol. 3m or 4w = 43 days
MDH 7m + 5w = ?
= Constant
W From formula : M1 D1 = M2 D2
(iv) If M1 can do W1 work in D1 days working H1 hr/ 3 m × 43 = (7m + 5w) × D2
day for Rs. R1 and M2 man can do W2 work in 15
D2 days working H2 hr/day for Rs. R2 then 129 m = (7m + m) × D2
4
ForMULA is given as:
43 m
M 1D 1H 1 M 2 D 2 H 2 129 m =
4
× D2 ⇒ D2 = 12 days
=
W 1R 1 W 2R 2
SHORT Trick :
Here, R = wages (in Rs.) a ×b ×d
D =
Ex. If 10 men complete half work in 12 days when they xb + ya
work 8 hours per day, In how many days 18 men
3 × 4 × 43
complete the full work when they work 6 hours/day ? D = = 12 days
28 + 15
Sol. By formula :
Ex. 1 man or 2 boys or 3 girls can do a piece of work in
M 1D 1H 1 M 2D 2H 2 88 days. In how many days one man, one boy and one
=
W1 W2 girl can do the same work ?
Sol. 1m = 2b = 3g = 88 days
10 × 12 × 8 18 × D 2 × 6 (1m + 1b + 1g) = ?
=
1/ 2 1
By formula : m1 d1 = m2 d2
10 × 12 × 8 × 2 = 18 × D2 × 6 3g × 88 = (1m + 1b + 1g) × d2
160 7 3
D2 = = 17 days. 3g × 88 = (3g + g + 1g) d2
9 9
2
6. (i) If a men or b women can do a piece of work in
d days then x men and y women together finish 3g × 88 = FG 6 g + 3 g + 2 g IJ d
the whole work-
H 2 K 2
a m en or b w o m en d da ys 11
× 3g × 88 = g × d2
+ 2
x m en & y w om e n ? da ys d2 = 48 days
a ×b ×d SHORT Trick :
D =
xb + ya a ×b ×c ×d
D =
xb c + ya c + za b
(ii) If a men or b women or c children can do a piece of
work in d days then x men, y women and z children 1 × 2 × 3 × 88
D = = 48 days
together finish the whole work- 6 +2 +3
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 89
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1. A man can do a job in 15 days. His father takes 20 days and his son finishes it in 25 days. How long will they take
to complete the job if they all work together ?
15 17 18 12
(1) 5 days (2) 5 days (3) 6 days (4) 6 days (5) None of these
47 23 47 47
Q.2. A man can do a piece of work in 5 days, but with the help of his son, he can do the same work in 3 days. In what
time can the son do it alone ?
1 1
(1) 6 days (2) 7 days (3) 7 days (4) 8 days (5) None of these
2 2
Q.3. Two workers A and B are engaged to do a work. A working alone takes 8 hours more to complete the job than if both
1
worked together. If B worked alone, he would need 4 hours more to complete the job than they both working
2
together. What time would they take to do the work together ?
(1) 4 hours (2) 5 hours (3) 6 hours (4) 7 hours (5) None of these
Q.4. A and B can do a piece of work in 72 days; B and C can do it in 120 days while A and C can do it in 90 days. In
what time can A alone do it ?
(1) 80 days (2) 100 days (3) 120 days (4) 150 days (5) None of these
Q.5. A and B can do a piece of work in 5 days; B and C can do it in 7 days; A and C can do it in 4 days. Who among
these will take the least time if put to do it alone ?
(1) A (2) B (3) C (4) Data inadequate (5) None of these
Q.6. A can do a piece of work in 4 hours; B and C together can do it in 3 hours, while A and C together can do it in 2
hours. How long will B alone take to do it ?
(1) 8 hours (2) 10 (3) 12 hours (4) 24 hours (5) None of these
Q.7. A can do a certain work in the same time in which B and C together can do it, A and B together could do it in 10
days and C alone in 50 days, then B alone could finish it in :
(1) 15 days (2) 20 days (3) 25 days (4) 30 days (5) None of these
Q.8. A does half as much work as B in three-fourth of the time. If together they take 18 days to complete the work, how
much time shall B take to do it ?
(1) 30 days (2) 35 days (3) 40 days (4) 20 days (5) None of these
Q.9. A can finish a work in 24 days, B in 9 days and C in 12 days. B and C start the work but are forced to leave after
3 days. The remaining work was done by A in :
1
(1) 5 days (2) 6 days (3) 10 days days (4) 10 (5) None of these
2
Q.10. X and Y can do a piece of work in 20 days and 12 days respectively. X started the work alone and then after 4 days
Y joined him till the completion of the work. How long did the work last ?
(1) 6 days (2) 10 days (3) 15 days
(4) 20 days (5) None of these
Q.11. What will come at place of blank?
Aman completes a work in _ days. Brijesh and Dheeraj completes the same work in 22.5 days working together.
Brijesh is 33.33% more efficient than Aman whereas Dheeraj is 20% less efficient than Aman.
(1) 24 (2) 36 (3) 45 (4) 48 (5) None of these
Q.12. A person can complete a job in 91 days. He works alone on Day 1. On Day 2, he is joined by another person who
also can complete the job in exactly 91 days. On Day 3, they are joined by another person of equal efficiency. Like
this, everyday a new person with the same efficiency joins the work. How many days are required to complete the
job?
(1) 12 (2) 15 (3) 13 (4) 14 (5) 11
90 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.13. Ram, Lakhan and Krish are ready to do a work. Ratio of time taken to complete the work by Lakhan and Ram is
9 : 4 and ratio of time taken by Ram and Krish to finish the work is 3:2. If they all complete the work in 27 days
than find the number in which Krish will complete the work?
(1) 56 days (2) 46 days (3) 53 days (4) 37 days (5) None of these
Q.14. If 5 men or 9 women can do a piece of work in 19 days. In how many days will 3 men and 6 women do the same
work?
(1) 10 days (2) 12 days (3) 13 days (4) 15 days (5) None of these
Q.15. A can cultivate th of a land in 6 days and B can cultivate rd of the same land in 10 days. Working together A
Q.19. 12 men take 36 days to do a work while 12 women complete th of the same work in 36 days. In how many days
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 91
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.26. Kaveri takes twice as much time as Kanti and thrice as much as Kalpana to finish a place of work. They together
finish the work in one day. Find the time taken by by Kaveri to finish the work.
(1) 2 (2) 4 (3) 6 (4) 8 (5) None of these
Q.27. 1 man or 2 women or 3 boys can do a work in 44 days. Then in how many days will 1 man, 1 woman and 1 boy
do the work?
(1) 24 (2) 48 (3) 36 (4) 40 (5) None of these
Q.28. Two friends take a piece of work for Rs. 960. One alone could do it in 12 days, the other in 16 days with the
assistance of an expert they finish it in 4 days How much remuneration the expert should get ?
(1) Rs. 400 (2) Rs. 640 (3) Rs. 520 (4) Rs. 300 (5) None of these
1
Q.29. A,B and C working together can complete a piece of work in 7 days. If A is twice as fast as B, B is thrice as fast
2
as C then in how many days B & C can complete this work together.
3 3
(1) 17 days (2) 18 days (3) 17 days (4) 18 days (5) None of these
4 4
Q.30. Ram can do a piece of work in 6 days while Shyam can do the same piece of work in 8 days. Ram and Shyam work
together for 2 days and then Ram leaves the work while Shyam continues to work till the work gets completed. On
which day from the beginning, will the work be completed?
(1) 6th (2) 5th (3) 7th (4) 4th (5) None of these
Q.31. A group of certain number of men can complete a job in 5 days. On every alternate day starting from second day,
3 men are withdrawn from the job and on every alternate day starting from third day, 2 men are added to the job.
If the job is completed in 6 days, what is the number of persons who started the job?
(1) 10 (2) 12 (3) 15
(4) Cannot be determined (5) None of these
Q.32. Ashok can complete one-fourth of a piece of work in 6 days, Shiva can complete one-third of the same work in
8 days and Rahul can complete one-fifth of the work in 4 days. Ashok, Rahul, and Shiva start working on the
work together for 5 days after which Ashok and Rahul stop working. How many days more would Shiva take to
complete the work?
(1) 5 (2) 6 (3) 7 (4) 8 (5) None of these
Q.33. The ratio of efficiencies of Mohan and Shyam is 2:3. The ratio of the time taken by Shyam and Anil to complete
some work is 1: 3. If all three work together to finish a particular work, the work is completed in 24 days. How
much time will it take to finish the same work if Mohan and Anil work together?
(1) 30 (2) 24 (3) 48 (4) 36 (5) None of these
92 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(3) 1 day’s work of the three persons Adding we get : 2 (A +B +C)’s 1 day’s work
FG 1 + 1 + 1 IJ = 47 FG 1 + 1 + 1 IJ = 83
=
H 15 20 25 K 300 =
H 5 7 4 K 140
So, all the three together will complete the work 83
(A +B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
300 18 days 280
in ≈ 6
47 47
A’s 1 day’s work =
FG 83 − 1 IJ = 43 ,
Q.2.(3) Formula H 280 7 K 280
Son’s 1 day’s work
B’s 1 day’s work = G
F 83 − 1 IJ = 13 ,
=
bS + F gno. of days × father no. of days H 280 4 K 280
(father' s 1day w ork − both w ork together)
C’s 1 day’s work = G
F 83 − 1 IJ = 27
F 1 1I 2
Son’s 1 day’s work = GH − JK =
H 280 5 K 280
3 5 15 280
15 1 Thus time taken by A,B, C is days,
The son alone can do the work in = 7 days 43
2 2 280 280
Q.3.(3) Let A and B together take x hours to complete the days and days respectively.
13 27
work. Then, Clearly, the time taken by A is least.
FG 1 + 1 IJ = 7
95m × 9 = 57m × d2
Q.9.(3) (B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
H 9 12 K 36 95 × 9
Work done by B and C in 3 days = d2 ⇒ 15 days
57
FG 7 × 3 IJ = 7 2 1
Q.15.(3) One day work of A = × =
1
.
=
H 36 K 12 5 6 15
Remaining work = 1 −
FG 7 IJ
=
5
1 1
One day work of B = × =
1
H 12 K 12
3 10 30
One day work of A and B
1
Now, work is done by A in 1 day.
24 1 1 3 1
So,
5 FG
work is done by A in 24 ×
5 IJ
=10 days.
= + =
15 30 30 10
=
12 H 12 K 4 4
Q.10.(2) Work done by X in 4 days= G
F 1 × 4 IJ = 1 ∴ Days taken to do
5
th work= × 1 0 =8 days
5
H 20 K 5 Q.16.(1) Let men employed originally = x. Then
F 1I 4
Remaining work = GH 1 − 5 JK = 5
30x=20(x+5) ⇒ 10x=100 ⇒ x = 10 men
Alternative Method :
96 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 97
stportal.mahendras.org
Sol. Method i: x
∴ Cistern will be full in =
k + 1 mins
Here A = 30 min, B = 60 min and A+B-C = 45 min.
40
= mins or 4 mins.
C can empty the tank in one minute 9 + 1
1 1 1 6 +3 −4 1
= + − = = part. Ex. One inlet pipe A is 3 times faster than second inlet
30 60 45 180 36 pipe B. If A can fill a cistern in 16 minute, then find
the time when the cistern will be full if both inlet pipes
All fill the tank in 36 minutes. are opened together.
Method iI: Sol. Here k = 3 and x = 16
+ 6 l/m A + 30m
B + 60m 18 0 l ∴ Cistern will be full in = x y minute
+ 3 l/m k + 1
+ 4 l/m + 45m
3
-5 l/m = 16 = 12 minute.
C 3 + 1
180 Ex. One inlet pipe A is 3 times faster than second inlet pipe
C can empty the tank= min. = 36 min
5 B. If together can fill the tank in 36 min, then in how
much time slower pipe can fill the tank.
98 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Sol. Method i: Here both the pipes fill the tank = 36 mins
Let time taken by faster pipe be x min then slower k = 3, so slower pipe x fill the tank
pipe take = 3x
= 36 × (3 + 1) = 144 mins
1 1 1
∴ + = Ex. One inlet pipe A is 5 times as fast as second inlet pipe
x 3 x 36
B and takes 32 min less than the inlet pipe B. When
36 × 4 will the cistern be full if both inlet pipes are opened
x= = 48 minute
3 together?
The time taken by slower pipe to fill the tank Sol. Here k = 5 and x = 32.
= 3×48 = 144 min.
kx
∴ Cistern will be full in = 2 min.
Method iI: by formula- (k − 1)
Both pipes fill the tank
5 × 32 20
x = min. = min.
= (5 2 − 1) 3
k + 1
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 99
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1. Pipe A can fill a tank in 3 hrs while another pipe B can empty the same tank in 6 hrs. If both the pipes are opened
simultaneously. In what time will the tank be completely full?
(1) 4 hrs (2) 3 hrs (3) 2 hrs (4) 1.5 hrs (5) 6 hrs
Q.2. A vessel can be completely filled by a pipe in 16 hrs but due to a leak in the vessel, the vessel is now filled in 24
hrs. If the vessel is completely full, in what time the leak will empty the vessel completely.
(1) 48 hrs (2) 36 hrs (3) 44 hrs (4) 42 hrs (5) None of these
Q.3. Two pipes A and B can separately fill in a cistern15 and 10 minutes respectively and a waste pipe can discharge 7
litres per minute. If all the pipes are opened when the cistern is full, it in emptied in 2 min. How many litres does
the cistern hold?
(1) 21 ltr (2) 30 ltr (3) 40 ltr (4) 35 ltr (5) 45 ltr
Q.4. Two fill taps A and B can separately fill a tank in 45 and 40 min respectively. They started to fill tank together but
fill tap A is turned off after few minutes and fill tap B fill the rest part in 23 minutes. After how many minutes was
tap A turned off?
(1) 7 min (2) 8 min (3) 11 min (4) 15 min (5) 9 min
Q.5. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 15 hours and 20 hours respectively A third pipe C can empty the full tank in
25 hours. All the three pipes are opened in the beginning. After 10 hours, C is closed. Find in how much time will
the tank be full.
(1) 12 hrs (2) 8 hrs (3) 10 hrs (4) 14 hrs (5) 16 hrs
Q.6. Two taps A and B can fill a cistern in 15 min and 20 min respectively. Then both are turned on at the same time. If
the tap A is turned off after some time, after that cistern is filled in 12 min. After how much time tap A is closed?
3 3 2 1 3
(1) 4 min (2) 3 7 min (3) 5 min (4) 8 min (5) 7 4 min
5 5 9
Q.7. A, B and C can fill a tank in 6, 8, 12 hours respectively. If the pipes are opened in order at 10 am, 11 am, 12 am.
When will the cistern be filled? (approximately)
(1) 1 P.M. (2) 1.30 P.M. (3) 1.50 P.M. (4) 2 .00 P.M. (5) 2.20 P.M.
Q.8. The inlet to the tank can fill it in 4 hours while the outlet can empty it in 5 hr. Both the pipes were opened at 9 am
but after some time the outlet closed and it is observed that the tank was full at 5 pm. At what time was the outlet
closed?
(1) 12 P.M. (2) 2 P.M. (3) 3 P.M. (4) 8 P.M. (5) 6 P.M.
Q.9. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 30 min and 36 min respectively. Both pipes are open in the empty tank but due
5 9
to dust material present in the pipes A flows of original quantity and pipe B flows parts of original quantity.
6 10
31
After some time pipe is cleaned, then tank is filled in the min so after how much time pipes are ready to fill the
tank properly? 2
(1) 1 min (2) 2 min (3) 1.5 min (4) 5 min (5) 5.5 min
Q.10. A tank is filled by three pipes with uniform flow. The first two pipes operating simultaneously fill the tank in the
same time during which the tank is filled by the third pipe alone the second pipe fills the tank 5 hours faster than
the first pipe and 4 hours slower than the third pipe. The time required by the first pipe is:
(1) 11 h (2) 15 h (3) 4 h (4) 12 h (5) 18 h
Q.11. A tank is filled in 5 hours by three pipes P,Q & R. The pipe R is twice as fast as Q and Q is twice as fast as P. How
much time will pipe P alone take to fill the tank?
(1) 35 hr (2) 55 hr (3) 20 hr (4) 18 hr (5) 15 hr
Q.12. Three pipes P,Q and R can fill a tank in 6 hours. After working at it together for 2 hrs R is closed & P and Q can fill
the remaining part in 7 hours. The number of hours taken by R alone to fill the tank is-
(1) 10 (2) 12 (3) 13 (4) 14 (5) 16
(1) 5,2 (2) 2,5 (3) 3,4 (4) 4,3 (5) None of these
Q.14. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 20 minutes and 40 minutes. If both pipes are opened simultaneously, after how
much time should B be closed so that the tank is full in 18 minutes?
(1) 10 min (2) 9 min (3) 8 min (4) 7 min (5) 4 min
Q.15. Three pipes P, Q and R connected to a cistern. The first pipe (i.e) P can fill 1/2 part of the tank in one hour, second
pipe, Q can fill 1/3 part of the cistern in one hour. R is connected to empty the cistern. After opening all the three
pipes in a cistern which is 7/12 part filled. Then how much time required to empty the cistern completely?
(1) 2 hours (2) 3 hours (3) 4 hours (4) 5 hours (5) None of the Above
Q.16. In a tank there is a pipe which can be used for filling the tank as well as for emptying it. The capacity of the tank
is 1200 m³. The emptying of the tank is 10 m³ per minute higher than its filling capacity and the pump needs 6
minutes lesser to empty the tank than it needs to fill it. What is the filling rate of the pipe?
(1) 20 m³ / min. (2) 40 m³ / min. (3) 50 m³ / min. (4) 60 m³ / min. (5) None of the Above
Q.17. In what time would a cistern be filled by three pipes whose diameters are 1cm, 2 cm and 3 cm running together,
when the largest pipe alone can fill the tank in 21 minutes. The amount of water flowing through the pipe is directly
proportional to the square of its diameter?
(1)10.5 minutes (2) 11.5 minutes (3) 12.5 minutes (4) 13.5 minutes (5) None of these
Q.18. A pipe can empty a tank in 60 minutes alone. Another pipe whose diameter is twice the diam-
eter of first pipe is also opened. Now find the time in which both pipe will empty the tank together.
(1) 8 min (2) 10 min (3) 12 min (4) 14 min (5) None of These
Q.19. A fill pipe can fill the tank in 15 minutes and a drain pipe can drain the tank in 30 minutes. If a system of ‘x’ pipes
(includes both fill and drain pipes) fills the tank in 3 minutes. Find the possible value of ‘x’.
(1) 10 (2) 16 (3) 12 (4) 14 (5) None of these
Q.20. An inlet pipe can fill a tank in 8 hours. An outlet pipe can empty the same tank in 12 hours. Initially the tank is
completely empty. At this point of time, the inlet pipe is connected to the tank. After 3 hours, the outlet pipe is also
connected to the tank. After how much time from the beginning, will the tank be full?
(1) 15 hours (2) 18 hours (3) 20 hours (4) 24 houre (5) 22 hours
EXERCISE Explanation
1 1 15 − 2 − 3
Q.1.(5) Part filled by pipe A in 1 hr. part + =−
3 C 30
1 1 −1 0
Part empty by pipe B in 1 hr part + =
6 C 30
Part empty by pipe (A+B) in 1hr
1 1
1 1 2 −1 1 =−
= − = = C 3
3 6 6 6
Full tank is empty in 3 min
Time taken by both pipes to fill the tank = 6 hr.
In 1 min ....... 7 lit is empty
AlternatIVE Method:
In 3 min ..... 7 × 3 = 21 lit
2 part/ hr 3 hr A
6 AlternatIVE Method :
3 part/ hr 6 hr B
2 part/m in 15 m in (A )
3 part/m in 30 10 m in (B )
1 part/hr ← A+B
15 pa rt/m in 2 m in (A +B +C )
6
Time taken to fill the tank = 1 = 6 hr 10 part/min C
30
1 C will empty full tank in = = 3 min
Q.2.(1) Part filled by inlet pipe A = 10
16
In 1 min ......... 7 lit is empty
1
Part filled by inlet pipe A+B = 2 4 In 3 min .... 7 × 3 = 21 lit.
where B is leakage. Q.4.(5) Let the tap A be turned off after x minutes
so accordingly ∴Tap B is opened for (x+23) minutes
1 1 1 x x + 23
+ = ∴ + =1
A B A +B 45 40
1 1 1 8 x + 9 x + 207
+ = =1
16 B 24 360
1 1 7 AlternatIVE method:
15 + 20 = 60 4 l/m A 1 5 m in
60l
3 l /m B 2 0 m in
7
Now part filled by (A+B) in 1 hr.
60 Let after x min tap A is closed then according to
question
7
∴ part is will be filled by (A+B) in x m in A B 1 2 m in
30
A+B 60l
60 7
= × hrs =2 hours 7x + 3 × 12 = 60
7 30
7x = 60 - 36 = 24
∴ Total time = 10+ 2 = 12 hours
24 3
AlternatIVE method : x= = 3 min
7 7
20 part/hr 15 hrs (A ) Q.7.(2) Since A,B & C are opened in order at 10 am, 11
15 part/hr 300 20 hrs (B )
am & 12 am
12 part/hr 25 hrs(C )
Hence,
C
1
A+B+C A+B Water filled by pipes A in 1 hour = liter
– 10 hr – 6
Again,
10×(20+15-12) Water filled by pipes A & B in next 1 hour
Work done by A+B+C in 10 hr = 10 × 23 1 1
6 + 8 liter
= 230 parts
Remaining part = 300 - 230 = 70 4 +3 7
= = liter
24 24
70
Remainig part filled by A + B in = = 2 hr and water filled by pipes A,B & C in 1 hours
35
Total time = 10 + 2 = 12 hrs 1 1 1 4 +3 +2
= + + =
1 6 8 12 24
Q.6.(2) Water filled by tap A in 1 min =
15 9
= l
24
1
Water filled by tap B in 1 min = Now remaining water to be filled by A,B & C
20
together
Water filled by tap A and tapB in 1 min
Hence
1 1 4 +3 7
= + = = 1 7
15 20 60 60 1− +
6 24
Remaining time =
According to question, 9
24
Let after x min pipe A is closed
4 + 7 11
7x 1 1− 1−
So, +12 × =1 2 4 = 24 = 13 × 24 13
60 20 = = hours
9 9 24 9 9
7x 3 24 24
+ =1 4
60 5 = 1 hours
9
7x 3 2 cistern will be filled
=1− =
60 5 5 that means at 12 + 1.5 = 1 : 30 pm
2 60 Q.8.(2) + 5 l/h A + 4h
x= × 20
5 7 - 4 l/h B - 5h
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 103
stportal.mahendras.org
Given total time = 9 am to 5 pm = 8h 1 2 4 1
So, + + =
Since both pipes are opened at 9 am x x x 5
Let of tap 't' time B pipe closed then 7 1
=
t+(8-t) × 5 = 20 x 5
t+ 40 - 5t = 20
x = 35 hours
4t = 20
2 1
t = 5h Q.12.(4) Part of tank filled in 2 hr = =
6 3
Hence
1 2
Required answer = 9 am + 5 hours = 2 pm Remaining capacity = 1 − =
3 3
Q.9.(1) 6 l/m A 3 0 m in
180 2
5 l/m B 3 6 m in therefore, (P+Q)'s work =
3
According to question
2
5 (P+Q)'s 1 hour work =
efficiency of A = 6 × =5 l/m 21
6
Therefore, R's 1 hour work
9 = (P+Q+R)'s 1 hour work
effienciency of B = 5× = 4.5 l/m
10
1 2 = 1
efficiency of A + B = 9.5 l/m (P+Q)'s 1 hour work = −
6 21 14
again therefore R alone will fill the tank = 14 hours
Let after x min dust particle is cleaned Q.13.(1) + 3 A (In le t ty p e ) + 1 0 m in
So, -2 B (O u tle t ty p e ) -1 5 30
31 30
9.5x + 11 × = 180
2 But tank fill in 1 1 hrs
9.5 + 170.5 = 180 30
So, work done in one hour = = 11
9.5x = 180 - 170.5 30
11
9.5x = 9.5
With these total pipes
x = 1 min
Total inlets = (5) = 5 × 3 = 15 w/h
Q.10.(2) According to question
Total outlets = (2) = 2 × (2) = -4 w/h
Let the first pipe alone takes x hours to fill the
11w/h
tank then second pipe takes
Q.14.(5) A fill the tank in 1 minute (20×2 = 40)
= x - 5 third pipe takes = x - 9
= 2 units
1 1 1
So, + = B fill the tank in 1 minute (40×1 = 40)
x x −5 x −9
= 1units
x −5 + x 1
= For 18 min(A) = 18×2 = 36 units
x (x − 5 ) x − 9
Remaining = 40 – 36 = 4 units
(2x - 5) (x-9) = x (x-5) Time for B to be closed so that the tank is full in
x - 18x + 45 = 0
2
4
(x-15) (x-3) = 0 18 minutes = = 4 min
1
x = 15 hours. Q.15.(3) In 1 hour, P can fill = 1/2 Part
Q.11.(1) Suppose pipe p alone takes x hour to fill the tank Time taken to fill the Cistern by Pipe P = 2
hours
x x In 1 hour, Q can fill = 1/3 Part
Then pipes Q & R will take & hours
respectively 2 4 Time taken to fill the Cistern by Pipe Q = 3
hours
104 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
[1/2 + 1/3 – 1/R] = 7/12 Q.19.(4) In a given time, one fill pipe cancels out two drain
1/R = 1/4 pipes, and we require 5 more fill pipes to fill the
Time required to empty the Cistern = 4 hours tank in 3 minutes. So the number of pipes would
Q.16.(2) 1200/x – 1200/(x+10) = 6 be in the form of 3x+5.
200/x – 200/(x+10) = 6 Among the given options only ‘14’ is in the form
x2 + 10x – 2000 = 0 of 3x+5.
x = 40 So the correct option to choose is 4.
Q.17.(4) More the diameter more will be the water flowing Q.20.(2) Let the volume of the tank be 48. The inlet pipe
through it and less will be the time taken. fills 6 litres in 1 hour
Means bigger pipe will take less time to fill the while the outlet pipe empties 4 litres in 1 hour.
tank
For the first three hours only inlet pipe is
21× 32 21× 9 connected, so it will fill
t= 2 =
1 + 22 + 32 14 = 6×3 = 18 litres in those 3 hours.
So total time = 13.5 minutes
Now after this both the pipes are operating
Q.18.(3) Time taken by pipe to empty the tank is inversely simultaneously.
proportional to cross-sectional area.
So, effectively only 2 litres will be filled in 1
So, time taken by second pipe to empty hour. We have 30 litres to fill. Hence time
= 60/4 = 15 min required = 30/2
Both pipe can empty the tank = 15 hours.
1 1 1 Total time from the beginning to fill the tank
= + = = 12 min
60 75 12 = 3 + 15 = 18 hours
CHAPTER
Speed, Time AND
13
Distance
Ex. In covering a certain distance the speed of A and B are
Speed
in the ratio of 3 : 4. A takes 30 minutes more than B
The distance covered in a unit time interval is known as speed. to reach the destination. The time taken by A to reach
It is obtained by dividing the distance covered by an object the destination is-
by the time it takes to cover that distance.
Sol. Let the distance of destination be D km
D is ta n ce T ra v e lle d
Speed (S) = Let the speed of A= 3x km/hr.
T im e T a k e n
The speed of B = 4x km/hr.
Distance (d) = Speed ×Time
According to the question
D is ta n ce
Time (t) = D D 1
Speed − = 30 =
3x 4x 2
Unit conversion :
1. km/hr to m/sec conversion: D 1 D
= , =6
12x 2 x
F 5I
A km/hr = G A × J m/sec. D 6
H 18 K Time taken by A = =
3x 3
= 2 hours.
2. m/sec to km/hr conversion:
short Trick :
FG
A m/sec = A ×
18 IJ Speed ratio = 3 : 4
H 5 K km/hr.
Time ratio = 4 : 3
Ex. A plane is moving with the speed of 180 km/hr. Its
1 = 30 min
speed in metre per second is-
4 = 120 min =2 hours
5 Ex. If a person walks at 14 km/hr instead of 10 km/hr, he
Sol. 1 8 0 × = 5 0 m/s
18 would have walked 20 km more. The actual distance
travelled by the person is:
Important Points :
Sol. Let the actual distance travelled be x km.
1. If the time taken is constant, then the distance travelled
is directly proportional to the speed i.e. more speed, x x + 20
Then, = ⇒ 14x = 10x + 200
more distance can be travelled in the same time. 10 14
⇒ 4x = 200 ⇒ x= 50km.
S ∝ d → at constant time
short Trick :
2. If the speed is constant, the distance travelled is 20
directly proportional to the time taken, i.e. more the (14 - 10) =
T
distance travelled, more the time taken at the same
speed. T = 5 hrs.
Distance = 10 × 5 = 50 km
d ∝ t → at constant speed
Ex. Excluding stoppages, the speed of a bus is 54 kmph
3. If the distance travelled is constant, the speed is and including stoppages, it is 45 kmph. For how many
inversly proportional to the time taken, that is more minutes does the bus stop per hour?
speed, less the time taken for the same distance to be Sol. Due to stoppages, it covers 9 km less.
travelled.
Time taken to cover 9 km
S∝
1
→ at constant distance FG 9 × 60 IJ min = 10 min
t = H 54 K
106 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Relative Speed = s1-s2 (s1 >s2)
Average Speed
The average speed of an object is a measure of the distance A
←
s k m /h r
covered by that object in a set period of time. 1
T o ta l D ista n ce B
Average Speed = ←
T o ta l T im e T a k e n s k m /h r
2
(a) If A covers a distance d1 km at S1 km/hr and then
d2 km at S2 km/hr. then the average speed during Relative Speed = s1-s2 (s1 >s2)
whole journey is given by II. If two objects are travelling in the opposite direction
at s1 km/hr and s2 km/hr, respectively, then s1 +s2 is
S 1S 2 ( d 1 + d 2 )
Average Speed = called their relative speed.
S 1d 2 + S 2 d 1
A B
(b) A person goes certain distance (A to B) at speed
s 1 km /hr
→ ←
s 2 km /hr
of S1 and return (B to A) at speed of S2 km/hr. If
he takes T hrs in all, then Relative Speed = s1+s2
2S 1 × S 2 A B
Average speed = ←
s k m /h r →
S1 + S 2 1 s2 km / hr
Distance between A and B is
Relative Speed = s1+s2
S1 × S 2 Ex. A thief is noticed by a policeman from a distance of
t × S + S 200 m. The thief starts running and the policeman
1 2
chases him. The thief and the policeman run at the
(c) If a person travelled three equal distance by three rate of 10 km/hr and 11 km/hr. respectively. What is
different speed S1, S2 and S3 then the distance between them after 6 minutes.
3S 1 × S 2 × S 3
Average speed = Sol. P 11 km /hr. T
10km /hr.
S 1S 2 + S 2 S 3 + S 3 S 1
Ex. A man goes from place A to B at a speed of 12 km/ 200 m
hr. and return at the speed of 18 km/hr. The average Relative speed of police= 11-10 = 1 km/hr.
speed for the whole journey is- 5
2 ×12 ×18 2 ×12 ×18 = m/sec
18
Sol. Average Speed =
(1 2 + 1 8 ) = 3 0 ∴ Distance decreased in 6 minutes
2 5
= 14 km/hr. = × 6 × 6 0 = 100 m
5 18
Ex. One-third of a certain journey is covered at the rate of ∴ Distance remained between them
25 km/hr. one fourth at the rate of 30 km/hr. and the
= 200-100 = 100 m
rest at 50 km/hr. The average speed for whole journey.
Sol. Let total journey = x km Important Points
So, according to the question a
I. If the new speed is of the original speed, then the
x x 5x 3x b
Total time = + + =
3 × 25 4 × 30 12 × 50 1 00 change in time taken to cover the same distance is
given by
x 1
Average Speed = = 3 3 km/hr.
3x 3 b
Change in time = -1 ×o rig in a l tim e
100 a
Relative Speed :
II. If a man travels at the speed of x km/hr. reach t1 hr.
I. If two objects are travelling in the same direction at s1
late and if he travels at the speed of y km/hr. reach t2
km/hr. and s2 km/hr respectively such that s1 >s2 then
hr. early the travel distance.
s1-s2 is called the relative speed.
xy
A
s 1 km /hr
→ B
s 2 km /hr
→
y −x
(t1 + t 2 )k m
EXERCISE
Q.1. A bus moves 270 km at a speed of 45 km per hour and there after increases its speed upto 60 km/h. to travel another,
480 km. Find the average speed of the bus.
4 4 3 2 8
(1) 53 km/hr. (2) 55 km/hr (3) 58 km/hr. (4) 51 km/hr. (5) 47 9 km/hr.
7 7 7 8
Q.2. Walking 5/7 of his usual rate a boy reaches his school 6 min late. Find his usual time to reach school.
(1) 15 minutes (2) 12 minutes (3) 18 minutes (4) 20 minutes (5) 22 minutes
3
Q.3. Two friends x and y walk from A to B at a distance of 78 km at 1.5 km per hr and 1 per hour respectively. y
4
reaches B, returns immediately and meet x at C. Find the distance from A to C.
(1) 75 km (2) 90 km (3) 72 km (4) 80 km (5) None of these
Q.4. A person leaves a place A to place B at 6 am and reaches place B at 10 am. Another person leaves B at 8 am and
reaches A at 11.30 am. They will meet each other at.
(1) 8:56 am (2) 7:45 am (3) 8:20 am (4) 8:40 am (5) None of these
Q.5. It takes 4 hours for a 300 km journey of 60 km is covered by train and the rest by car. it takes 20 min more if 100
km is covered by train and the rest by car, the ratio of the speed of train to that of the car is-
(1) 4 : 3 (2) 3 : 4 (3) 2 : 3 (4) 3 : 2 (5) 5 : 3
Q.6. Ram and Shyam starts simultaneously from point A towards B with speed of 7.5 m/sec and 33 km/hr respec-
tively. When one of them reaches B, the person has to return back towards A immediately. If he meet the other
person after 2 hours of total journey. Find the distance between point A and B.
(1) 120 km. (2) 100 km. (3) 60 km.
(4) 50 km. (5) Cannot be determined
Q.7. Two trains P and Q start from Delhi and Mumbai towards Mumbai and Delhi respectively. After passing each
other they take 19 hours 30 minutes and 8 hours 40 minutes to reach Mumbai and Delhi respectively. If the train
from Delhi is moving at 80 km/hr then find the speed of the train from Mumbai?
(1) 110 kmph (2) 100 kmph (3) 90 kmph (4) 120 kmph (5) None of these
Q.8. A bus crosses a certain distance with out stoppage with the speed of 60 km/hr. The bus covers the same distance
with the stoppage speed of 40 km/hr. What is the time of stoppage of the bus per hour (in minutes)
(1) 20 (2) 15 (3) 12 (4) 40 (5) 18
Q.9. A monkey climbs 20 m. in a minute and slips down 6 m in next minute How much time he will reach upto a 60 m
high pole in this way.
(1) 6 min 59 sec (2) 6 min 54 sec. (3) 6 min 58 sec (4) 6 min 50 sec (5) 6 min 45 sec.
Q.10. A bus started from A to B then after covering two third distance some fault occurs. Driver mentioned the fault quickly
and bus will move again. But now the speed of the bus is reduced by one third and for this reason bus reaches at B
late by 1 hour what was the actual time in going B from A.
(1) 6.30 hr (2) 7 hr (3) 6 hr (4) 6.45 hr (5) 7.30 hr
Q.11. A bus from A to B started with the speed of 60 km/hr. at 6 am another bus from A to B started with the speed of 80
km/hr at 8 am. At which time will second bus catch the first bus ?
(1) 2 p.m. (2) 1 p.m. (3) 12 a.m. (4) 3 p.m. (5) 2.30 p.m.
Q.12. A man travels with the speed of 40 km/hr. then he reaches the particular place 10 min late but if he travels with the
speed of 50 km/hr. then he reaches 5 minutes before the stimulated time. Then how much time will he take to reach
the place.
(1) 1 hr. 10 min. (2) 1 hr. 15 min. (3) 1 hr. 12 min. (4) 1 hr. 18 min. (5) 1 hr. 5 min.
Q.13. A bus started its journey from Ramgarh and reached Devgarh in 88 minutes with its average speed of 100 km/hr.
If the average speed of the bus is increased by 10 km/hr. How much time will it take to cover the same distance?
(1) 60 minutes (2) 70 minutes (3) 75 minutes (4) 80 minutes (5) 72 minutes
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 109
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.14. A faster train takes 2 hrs less than a slower train in a journey of 192 km. If the average speed of the slower train is
16 km/hr less than that of the faster train then the average speed of the faster train is-
(1) 36 km/hr. (2) 64 km/hr. (3) 36 km/hr. (4) 48 km/hr. (5) None of these
Q.15. Two guns were fired from the same place at an interval of 12 minutes. A person approaching the firing place in his
car, hears the second shot 11 minutes after the first. If the speed of sound is 330 m/s, find the speed of the car.
(1) 50 km./h. (2) 72 km./h. (3) 90 km./h. (4) 108 km./h. (5) None of these
Q.16. A man covered a certain distance at some speed. Had he moved 3 km per hour faster, he would have taken 40 minutes
less. If he moved 2 km per hour slower, he would have taken 40 minutes more. The distance (in km) is:
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(1) Here distance speed are known. Time is not 14
known we use relation. Required time = h r = 5 6 m in u te
7 +8
270
⇒ = 6 hr. So required answer = 8 : 56 am
45
Q.5.(1) Let the speed of the train be x km/hr and car be
480 y km/hr.
⇒ = 8 hr.
60 60 240
Then + = 4 hr.......(I)
x y
Total time = 14 hr.
750
Total distance ⇒ and 1 0 0 + 2 0 0 = 2 5 ...... (II)
14 x y 6
4
= 53
7
km/hr. 6 0 y + 2 4 0 x 6 (1 0 0 y + 2 0 0 x )
∴ =
4 25
Q.2.(1) Speed 5 : 7
Time 7 : 5 = 250y + 1000x = 400y + 800x
Difference in time 2 = 6 4x = 3y
1 = 3 minutes x:y=3:4
60 x = 48 km/hr.
18 m climb up in = × 1 8 = 54 second.
20 Q.15.(4) The person hears the second fire in 11 minutes
6 min + 54 sec = 6 min 54 sec instead of 12 minutes since the car is moving
towards the firing place.
1
Q.10.(3) Let Speed= 1- = 2/3, Speed = 2 : 3 ∴ The distance travelled by car in 11 minutes is
3
equal to distance covered by sound in 12–11=1
Time = 3 : 2 minutes.
⇒ 1 = 1 × 2 = 2 hr. ∴ Distance covered by car in 1 second
2 1 330 × 60
Distance 1- ⇒ = 2 hr. = =30 m.
3 3 11 × 60
So, total time is = 6 hr. 18
∴ Distance convered by car in 1 hour = 3 0 ×
Q.11.(1) = 108 km./hr. 5
D D 2 D D 2
Then – = and – =
x x +3 3 x–2 x 3
Time difference = 8 - 6 = 2 hrs
D D D D 1 1 1 1
Distance moved by first bus before the second ⇒ –
x x +3
= –
x–2 x
⇒ –
x x +3
= –
x–2 x
bus starts]
= 60×2 = 120 km (x + 3 ) – x x – (x – 2) 3 2
⇒ = ⇒ =
x (x + 3 ) x (x – 2 ) x (x + 3 ) x (x – 2 )
Relative speed= 80 - 60 = 20 km/hr.
120 ⇒ 3(x–2)=2(x+3) ⇒3x–6=2x+6
Time = 2 0 = 6 hr. ⇒x=12 (km/hr.)
Time taken by second bus to catch first train- 8 Now, D – D = 2 ⇒ D = 2 ⇒ D = 2 × 6 0 = 4 0 km.
a.m. + 6 = 2 p.m. 12 15 3 60 3 3
Q.17.(2) Policeman gains = (10–8) km/hr. = 2 km/
Q.12.(5) Let he takes x minutes to reach at exact time hr. ⇒ He will gain 100 metre in 3 minutes.
50 (x - 5) = 40 (x + 10) Q.18.(4) Journey covered between 11 a.m. and 4.30 p.m.
50x - 250 = 40x + 400 5 3 11
= – =
6 8 24
10 x = 650 1
x = 65 Time taken = 4.30 p.m.–11 a.m. = 5 hours
2
Exact time is 1 hr. 5 minutes. 11
= hours.
Q.13.(4) Distance between Ramgarh and Devgarh 2
100 × 88 440 11 11
= = km ⇒ of journey is covered in = hours.
60 3 24 2
New speed = 110 km/hr. 3
∴ of journey is covered in
D is ta n ce 8
Required time =
Speed
440 60 11 24 3 9 1
= × = 80 minutes × × = hours = 4 hours
3 110 2 11 8 2 2
Q.14.(4) Let the speed of the faster train be x km/hr. 1
Journey was started at 11 a.m.– 4 hours
∴ Speed of the slower train 2
= 6.30 a.m.
= (x - 16) km/hr.
CHAPTER
PRoblemS
14 on Trains
This type of questions are totaly based on the concept of III. Concept of Time : Time is always constant (The time
time & distance & speed. Mainly problems based on trains which is taken by object I to cross object II)
have two objects.
Some important points
1. Object I: Those object who cross another object is
considered as object I (primarly trains are considered 1. When a moving train crosses a standing person i.e.
as Ist object but some times person also considered L1
as 1st object when person crosses another object like S1 =
T
stationary train or platform)
Ex. train, bus, person etc. Ex. Find the time taken by a train 150m long, running at
54 km/h in crossing an electrical pole.
2. Object II : Those object who are crossed by object I
train, platform, over bridge, tunnel, person, pole tree, L
Sol. S = (because pole has no breadth)
wall etc. T
General Rule L 1 5 0m 150
T= = 54 × 5 = = 10 sec
Concept of speed : S 15
m/s
18
I. When one object is stationary and another is still then
only speed of moving object is considered as S1=x (let) 2. When a moving train crosses a moving person in the
(S2 =0) same direction
(1) When both object are moving in same direction L1
S1 − S 2 = and L2 = 0
In this case relative speed is difference between T
speed of both objects that means relative speed Ex. A train 180m long is running at a speed of 65 km/h.
= S1 ~S2 In what time will it pass a man who is running at a
speed of 5 km/h in the same direction ?
A B
s k m /h r →
s k m /h r → L1
1 2
Sol. S1 - S2 =
T
Relative Speed = s1-s2 (s1 >s2)
L1 180
T= = m/s= 10.8 sec
A B S1 − S 2 5
←
s1 k m /h r ←
s 2 k m /h r 60 ×
18
(2) When both object are moving in opposite 3. When a moving train crosses a moving persons in the
direction. opposite direction
G J
Now, G 2 J =12 or l = 200 m 6+4 =
18
T
GH 25 JK T = 1.8 hour
Also, speed of slower train T = 1hour 48 min
FG
= 36 ×
5 IJ
m/sec. = 10 m/sec.
12:48 pm
H 18 K Ex. A train overtakes two persons walking along a railway
track. The first one walks at 4.5 km/hr. the other one
Now, if x metre be the length of platform, then
walks at 5.4 km/h. The train needs 8.4 and 8.5 seconds
x + 200 respectively to overtake them. What is the speed of the
=90 or x = 700 metres.
10 train if the persons are walking in the same direction
10. When two trains start from two points X & Y towards as the train?
each other at the same time and after crossing they Sol. Length of train
take p & q second to reach Y & X respectively then (S tra in − 4 .5 ) × 5
× 8 .4 ---- (1)
=
ratio of 18
Length of train
Speed = q: p
5
Ex. Two trains x and y start from stations A and B = (S Train - 5.4) × 1 8 × 8.5 ---- (2)
towards B and A respectively. After passing each
(S − 4 .5 ) × 5 × 8 .4
other, they take 4 hours 48 minutes and 3 hours 20
18
minutes to reach B and A respec tively. If train x is
moving at 40 km/hr., the speed of train y is : - (S − 5 .4 ) × 5 × 8 .4
=
18
x ' s rate
Sol. = T im e taken by Y to reach A
y ' s rate T im e taken by X to reach B S = 81 km/h
EXERCISE
Q.1. A train running at 40 km/h crosses a pole in 36 second. Find the length of train.
(1) 300 m (2) 200 m (3) 400 m (4) 500 m (5) 450 m
Q.2. A train running at the speed of 20 m/s takes 10 second to pass a man who is running at the speed of 5 m/s in the
same direction. Find the length of the train.
(1) 150 m (2) 200 m (3) 250 m (4) 300 m (5) None of these
Q.3. A train 200 m long takes 5 second to pass a standing man. Find the time taken by train in crossing a railway platform
of 240 m long.
(1) 18 sec. (2) 13 sec. (3) 11 sec. (4) 26 sec. (5) None of these
Q.4. A man is standing on railway bridge which is 100 m long. He finds that train crossed the bridge in 5 second but
himself in 3 sec. Find the length of the train.
(1) 100 m (2) 150 m (3) 200 m (4) 250 m (5) None of these
Q.5. A train running at a speed of 25 km/h takes 18 sec to pass a railway platform and it takes 9 sec to pass a man who
is running at the speed of 5 km/h in the same direction. Find the length of the platform.
(1) 77 m (2) 70 m (3) 75 m (4) 71 m (5) None of these
Q.6. Two trains are moving in opposite directions at speeds of 80 km/h and 70 km/h and their length is 1.20 km and
0.80 km respectively. Find the time taken by the slower train to cross each other.
(1) 48 sec (2) 50 sec (3) 42 sec (4) 44 sec (5) None of these
Q.7. Two trains each 200 m long move towards each other on parallel track with velocity 22 km/h and 28 km/h respectively.
What is the time taken when they meet each other?
(1) 20 sec (2) 24.8 sec (3) 28.8 sec (4) 30 sec (5) None of these
Q.8. Two trains are running 40 km/h and 20 km/h respectively in the same direction. The faster train completely passes
a man sitting in the slower train in 18 sec. Find the length of faster train.
(1) 105 m (2) 100 m (3) 90 m (4) 110 m (5) None of these
Q.9. A train with a speed of 90 km/h crosses a bridge in 36 seconds. Another train 100 m shorter crosses the same bridge
at 45 km/h. What is the time taken by the second train to cross the bridge?
(1) 32 sec (2) 64 sec (3) 40 sec (4) 50 sec (5) None of these
Q.10. A train moves pass a telegraph pole and a bridge 264 m long in 8 sec and 20 sec respectively what is the speed of
the train?
(1) 15m/s (2) 20 m/s (3) 25 m/s (4) 18 m/s (5) 22 m/s
Q.11. If a train runs at 40 km/h, it reaches its destination late by 11 minutes but if it runs at 50 km/h, it is late by 5 minutes
only. Find the correct time for the train to complete its journey.
(1) 19 minutes (2) 20 minutes (3) 21 minutes (4) 18 minutes (5) None of these
Q.12. Two trains, Train A and Train B crosses each other completely in 18 sec while travelling in opposite directions,
speed of train A is 72 km/hr and speed of train B is 54 km/hr. Length of train A is 170 m less than the train B. From
the statement given in the above question which of the following can be determined?
A) Length of train A
B) Length of train B
C) Time taken by train B to cross a 130 m length of bridge
D) Time taken by train A to cross a 70 m long canal
(1) All A), B), C) and D) (2) Only B) and C) (3) Only D) and B)
(4) Only A (5) Only C
Q.13. Train A started from station P towards station Q. At the same time, train B started from station R towards station
Q. All the three stations are in a straight line such that station Q is between station P and station R. Station Q is
equidistant from station P and station R. Distance between station P and station Q is 440 Km. If the speed of train
A and train B is _______Km/hrs and ______Km/hrs respectively, the distance between both the trains after five
hours is 580 km.
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(3) When train crosses the pole L1 18
9= ×
L (because pole has no breadth) 25 − 5 5
S=
T
L1 = 50, L2 = 75m
40 × 5 L
=
18 36 Length of train = 50 m
L1 + L 2 L1 45 × 5 800
S= , S −S =
T T M 18 T
25 × 5 L1 + L 2
= T = 64 sec
18 18
L
L1 + L2 = 125 Q.10.(5) S = T when crosses a pole
L = 25×5 = 125 Km
S= ------ (1) Distance travelled by train B in 5 hours
8
L + 264
= 35×5 = 175 Km
S= Required distance = 880 – (125 + 175)
20
= 880 - 300 = 580 Km
L L + 264 This is satisfies the given condition.
⇒ 8 =
20 Q.14.(2) Let the speed of passenger train be 3v and that
5 L = 2L + 528 of goods train be v. as the ratio of their speeds be
1:3.
3L = 528
Also, suppose that the lengths of passenger train
L = 176 m
be P and goods train be G.
176 Then,
S= = 22 m/s
8
Q.11.(1) 3x 6x P
− =6 2v =
2 5 80
15x − 12x
=6 G
10 Again 2v =
40
x = 20
From equation (I)
3x On division
= t + 11
2 P 80
3 × 20 =
= t + 11 G 40
2
t = 30 – 11=19 minutes P:G=2:1
CHAPTER
B s km /h C s km /h r.
B oa t
Bs-Cs = Us
Ex. If the speed of the boatman in still water is 10 km/hr
Still w ater and speed of the water (stream) is 4 km/hr then the
speed of the boatman in upstream.
(2) Stream: If the water of the river is flowing at a Sol. Us = Bs - Cs
constant speed it is called as stream. It is denoted as
Cs. Hence Us = 10-4 = 6 km/h
Important formulas:
(1) Speed of the boat in still water
C s km /hr. d o w n stre a m sp e e d + u p stre a m sp e e d
= 2
(3) Down Stream Speed: If a boat or swimmer goes along
the stream is called down stream speed. Ds + Us
Bs = 2
Down stream speed = speed of the boat + speed of the
current Ex. A man can goes 32 km/hr upstream & 36 km/h
downstream. Find the speed of man in still water.
Ds = Bs + Cs
Sol. Speed of man in still water
Bs
B oa t Ds + Us 32 + 36
(B s ) = =
B s+C s = D s 2 2
Cs = 34 km/h
(2) Speed of the current
Ex. If the speed of the boatman in still water is 10 km/hr
and speed of the water (stream) is 4 km/hr then speed d o w n stre a m sp e e d - u p stre a m sp e e d
=
of the boatman in downstream. 2
Sol. Since Ds = Bs + Cs Ds − Us
Cs =
Hence Ds = 10 + 4 = 14 km/hr. 2
Ex. A man can go 36 km/hr upstream & 48 km/h
(4) Up stream speed: If a boat or a swimmer moves downstream. Find the speed of current.
against the stream it is called upstream speed.
Ds − Us
Upstream speed = speed of the boat - speed of the Sol. Speed of current Cs =
2
current
48 − 36
Us = Bs - Cs = 6 km/hr
2
EXERCISE
Q.1. A boat can travel a distance 10 km in an hour against the stream whereas 20 km in an hour with the stream. Hence
find the speed of boat in still water.
(1) 15 km/h (2) 22 km/h (3) 20 km/h (4) 44 km/h (5) 25 km/h
Q.2. The distance between two points is 36 km., boat rows in still water at 6 kmph. It takes 8 hour less to cover this
distance in downstream in comparison to that in upstream. The rate of stream is:-
(1) 3 kmph (2) 2 kmph (3) 2.5 kmph (4) 4 kmph (5) None of these
Q.3. Ram goes downstream with a boat to some destination and returns upstream to his original places in 6 hours. If the
speed of the boat in still water and the stream are 12 km/hr and 5 km/hr respectively, then find the distance of the
destination from the starting position.
(1) 25km (2) 26.67km (3) 33km (4) 29.75km (5) 20km
Q.4. When a person is moving in the direction of the current is 20km/hr, speed of the current is 5km/hr. Then find the
speed of the person against the current?
(1) 10km/hr. (2) 15km/hr. (3) 30km/hr. (4) 25km/hr. (5) 11km/hr.
Q.5. There are two places A and B which are separated by a distance of 100km. Two boats starts form both the places
at the same time towards each other. If one boat is going downstream and the other one is going upstream, if the
speed of A and B is 12km/hr. and 13km/hr. respectively. Find at what time will they meet each other.
(1) 10 hrs. (2) 4 hrs. (3) 8 hrs. (4) 6 hrs. (5) 7 hrs.
Q.6. A girl was travelling in a boat, suddenly wind starts blowing and blows her hat and started floating back downstream.
The boat continued to travel upstream for 12 more minutes before she realized that her hat had fallen off. She
turned back downstream and she caught her hat as soon as she reached the starting point. If her hat flew off exactly
2km from where she started. What is the speed of the water?
(1) 12 km/hr (2) 8 km/hr (3) 5 km/hr (4) 9 km/hr (5) 10 km/hr
Q.7. The ratio of the speed of the motor boat to that of the current of water is 36:5 . The boat goes along with the current
in 5 hours 10 minutes. How much time it will take to come back .
(1) 45/2 hr (2) 41/6 hr (3) 55/3 hr (4) 38/7 hr (5) 52/8 hr
Q.8. There is a road beside a river. Two friends started from a place A, moved to a temple situated at another place B and
then returned to A again. One of them moves on a cycle at a speed of 6 km/hr, While the other sails on a boat at a
speed of 8 km/hr. If the river flows at the speed of 6 km/hr, which of the two friends will return to place A first?
(1) Cyclist (2) Sailor (3) Both come at same time
(4) Anyother (5) None
Q.9. The different between downstream speed and upstream speed is 2 kmph and the total time taken during upstream
and downstream is 2 hours. What is the upstream speed, if the downstream and upstream distance are 2 km each?
(approx)
(1) 5.2 kmph (2) 3.7 kmph (3) 2.8 kmph (4) 1.4 kmph (5) 1.2 kmph
Q.10. A boat travels downstream from point A to B and comes back to point C half distance between A and B in 18 hours.
If speed of boat is still water is 7 km/hr and distance AB = 80 km, then find the downstream speed.
(1) 15 km/hr (2) 18 km/hr (3) 12 km/hr (4) 10 km/hr (5) 6 km/r
Q.11. A boat can row 18 km downstream and back in 8 hours. If the speed of boat is increased to twice its previous speed,
it can row same distance downstream and back in 3.2 hours. Find the speed of boat in still water.
(1) 9 km/hr (2) 5 km/hr (3) 4 km/hr (4) 8 km/hr (5) 6 km/hr
Q.12. A ship of length 300 m traveling from point A to B downstream passes a Ghat along the river in 18 sec, while in
return it passes the same Ghat in 24 sec. If the rate of current is 9 km/hr. Then what is the length of the Ghat?
(1) 50 m (2) 60 m (3) 80 m
(4) 100 m (5) Cannot be determined
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(1) Speed of boat upstream 2 × 2 ×14
= = 3 .5 k m / h r
1 0k m 2 +14
= = 10 km/h
1h Q.9.(4) 2
Speed of baot downstream 2
+ =2
2 0k m x x +2
= = 20 km/h x2 − 2 = 0
1h
Speed of boat in still water x = 1 .4 1 4 k m p h
20 + 10
= = 15 km/h Q.10.(4) A to B is 80, so B to is 80/2 = 40 km
2
Q.2.(1) Speed of current = Cs kmph. Let speed of current = x km/hr So 80/(7+x) + 40/
(7-x) = 18 Solve, x = 3 km/hr
downstream speed =(6+Cs) kmph.
So downstream speed = 7 + 3 = 10 km/hr
upstream speed = (6-Cs) kmph.
Q.11.(5) Let speed of boat = x km/hr and that of stream
According to question.
= y km/hr
T1 - T2 = 8 hours.
18 18
36 36 + =8
∴ − =8 x +y x −y
(6 − C s ) (6 + C s )
when speed of boat becomes 2x km/hr:
6 + Cs − 6 + Cs
⇒ 36 =8 18 18
(6 − C s )(6 + C s ) + = 3 .2
2x + y 2x − y
3 6 × 2C s
=8 x = 6 km/hr
(6 + C s )(6 + C s )
Q.12.(2) (S+9)×18 = (S-9)×24; S =63
Cs2 + 9Cs - 36 = 0, Cs = 3 kmph. 300+x = 72×5/18×18; x =60
2 xD 119 × 6 Q.13.(5) Downstream speed = 10+5 = 15 Upstream speed
Q.3.(4) T = 2 2 ⇒ D = = 29.75km
x -y 2 ×12 = 10-5 = 5
Now total time is 25 hours If distance between A
Q.4.(1) Speed of the person = 20 – 5 = 15km/hr Speed of
and B is d, then distance BC = d/2
the person against the current = 15 – 5 = 10km/hr.
Q.5.(2) Downstream = (12+x)km/hr Now distance/speed = time,
Upstream = (13-x)km/hr D D/2
So, + = 2 5 , D = 150 km
D ista n ce 15 5
Time = Q.14.(3) Let the speed of boat in still water = Bs kmph.
R e la tiv e S p e e d
∴ The speed of current = Cs kmph
Relative speed = 12 + x + 13 – x Hence, Ds = Bs + Cs
= 25 km/hr 4 .8 4 .8 × 6 0
= ⇒ = 36 kmph.
100 8 8
Time = = 4 hours
25 60
and
Q.6.(3) Distance = 2 km
4 .8 4 .8 × 6 0
Time = 2 × 12 = 24 mins Us = Bs - Cs = = = 32 kmph
9 9
2 60
Req. Answer = × 7 = 5 km / hr
24 Now, for speed of current
S1 T1 36 + 5 31 D s − U s 36 − 32
Q.7.(2) = -5 = x = =
S2 T2 36 6 2
2
41 Speed of current (Cs) = 2 kmph
x= = 6 hours 50 minutes
6 Q.15.(1) Downstream rate (Ds) = 6 + 3 = 9 kmph
Q.8.(1) Average speed of the cyclist =6 km/hr Upstream rate (Us) = 6-3 = 3 kmph
Average speed of sailor If the required distance be x km, then
x x x + 3x 15
+ = 12 = 12 = km/h = 4 km/h.
9 3 9 3
3
4x = 12 × 9 4
upstream speed (Us)
12 × 9
x= 5
4 = km/h = 2 km/h.
1
x = 27 km. 2
2
Q.16.(1) Downstream speed of boat = 17.5+2.5 Speed of current
20 kmph Ds − Us 4 − 2
Upstream speed of boat = 17.5-2.5 = = = 1 km/h.
2 2
15 kmph. Q.19.(1) Let the upstream speed = x kmph.
Distance between X and Y = X km Let the downstream speed = y kmph.
2X 40 55
Distance between Y and Z = km. + = 13 ------- (1)
5 x y
3 30 44
Total time = 429 minutes ⇒ 7 hours. + = 10 ------- (2)
20 x y
143 D is ta n ce Now, on solving from eq. (1) and (2)
or = hours. = T im e
20 Speed We get
x 2x 143 y = 11 kmph., X = 5 kmph.
+ =
20 5 ×15 20 (i) Speed of boy
15 x + 8 x 143 Ds + Us x + y
= = =
60 4 2 2
23x = 143×15 11 + 5
143 ×15 ≈ = = 8 kmph
x= 93 km. 2
23 (ii) Speed of current
2x 7x
Total Distance= x + = Ds − Us x −y
5 5 = =
7 × 93 2 2
= ≈ 130 km.
5 11 − 5
= 3 kmph
Q.17.(5) Distance between B to C = x km 2
2x Q.20.(2) Let man's rate upstream be x kmph.
Distance between A to B = km Man's rate downstream be 2x kmph.
3
Downstream speed (Speed of still water) : (Speed of Stream)
= 16+2 ⇒ 18 kmph. 2x + x 2x − x
Upstream speed = 16-2 ⇒ 14 kmph.
= : =3:1
2 2
According to the question Q.21.(4) Let the speed of the boat in still water and the speed
2x x of the stream is 7x and x
⇒ + = 6.5
3 ×14 18 Then, Downstream speed= 8x, upstream speed
= 6x
⇒ = 6.5 According to the question-
Upstream speed
13x = 6.5 × 126
4.2 ×60 = 18 kmph
6 .5 × 1 2 6 14
x=
13
u:v =7:1
x = 63
so D : U = 8 : 6
2x 5 x 5 × 63 Now 6 = 18
Total distance = +x= =
3 3 3 so 8 = 24
= 105 km. 17.6
Q.18.(2) downstream speed (Ds) Required answer = ×60 = 44 min.
24
CHAPTER
16 INEQUALITY
x + 2x - 7 = 0
2 x>y
Ex. I. 2x+3y=14
a = 1, b = 2 c = -7
II. 4x+2y=16
With quadratic formula:
Sol. I. (2x+3y = 14)× 2 ⇒ 4x+6y = 28
−b ± b 2 − 4a c
x= 4x + 6y = 28
2a
4x + 2y = 16
(2 ) − 4 (1)( −7 )
2
−2 ±
x= (−)(−)(−)
2 (1)
0 + 4y = 12
x=
−2 + (1 6 )
2
= =
(
−2 ± 2 2 −1 ± 2 2 )
2 y=3
2 2
x = 2.5
= -1 ±2 2
x<y
D = b2 - 4ac
Ex. I. 20x2–x–12=0
Discriminant Rule: II. 20y2+27y+9=0
(1) If b - 4ac is less than 0, there is no real solution.
2
Sol. I. x = + 0.8, – 0.75
(2) If b2 - 4ac is equal to 0, then the equation has two equal II. y = – 0.6, –0.75
real solution.
0.8 > -0.6
(3) If b2 - 4ac is greater than 0, then the equation has two - 0.75 = - 0.75
different real solution.
-0.75 < -0.6
Important Examples :
Hence no relationship can be established.
Ex. In the following questions two equation numbered I
12
and II are given. You have to solve both equestions Ex. I. = x
and ----------- x
Give answer (1) if x >y 5
= 0 , y × y 2 – .8 2 = 0
2
II. 2y –52y+338=0
2
y
Sol. I. (x–12) = 0, x = +12
2
II. y2 – 26y+169=0 5 5
(y–13)2 = 0 y =8 2 2 , y=8
y = +13, x<y x>y
Ex. I. x + 18 = 144 − 49 3 7 12 25
Ex. × x= × y
10 4 6 15 24
12 × 4 3× 4 7 7 5
II.
4 - 4 =y Sol. x= y
8 6
y7 y7
21x = 20y
Sol. I. x+18=52
x<y
x=25–18=7
14 Ex. I. x + y = 16
II. 48–12=
y7 II. x2 + y2 + xy = 192
20
0
40
0 C minimum length= 9, next side =11, next side=13
E Volume=9×11×13= 1287 cm3
I. angle x II. 1100 Ex. (I) No. of days in which A will work alone, given
Sol. In triangle BCE, angle y= 180-(40+20)= 120 A and B can complete work in 8 days, B and
Sum of exterior angle of a quadrilateral is 360 degree C can complete work in 12 days, C and A can
complete work in 8 days.
So in quadrilateral ABCD;
(II) No. of days in which A will work alone, given
50 + y +x+90=360 [y=120] A and B can complete work in 18 days, they
x=1000 started work together and after working for 6
days A left and B completed remaining work
Q1<Q2
in 24 days.
Ex. AB is parallel to DC and AD is parallel to BC. BD is
4 cm more than AC. AC and BD are the diagonal with Sol. LCM = 24
O as point of intersection. So
A B
24
90 0 A+B= =3
8
o 6 cm
24
D C B+C= =2
12
I: AB II: 9 cm
24
Sol. I: ABCD is a parallelogram as opposite sides are C+A= =3
8
parallel. In a parallelogram the diagonal are divided
in equal part at the point of intersection. 2 ( A+B+C) = 3+2+3 = 8
So AC = 2 OC = 12 BD=16 cm A+B+C = 4
means OB=8 and OA= 6 (A+B+C) – (B+C) = 4 – 2 = 2
Q1>Q2
A = 36 days
EXERCISE
Q.1-20. In each of the following question, two equations Q.15. (I) 204x2 + 59 x + 2 = 0
(I) and (II) are given. You have to solve them and (II) 300y2 - 20y - 1 = 0
Give answer-
Q.16. (I) y2 + 6x - 40 = 0
(1) If x>y (2) If x>y
(3) If x<y (4) If x<y (II) y2 + 45y + 476 = 0
(5) If x=y or relationship can not be established Q.17. (I) x = 25
Q.1. (I) (8x + 21) – (6x + 23) = 0
2 2 4
1
(II) (441) 2 y 2 − 288 = 1413
(II)
Q.5. (I) x – 2 4 0 1 = 0
Q.21-40. In each of the following question, a question is
(II) y – 7 = 0 followed by information given in two statement
Q.6. (I) 4 x 2 + 4 3 x + 3 = 0 named as Quantity-I (Q1) and Quantity –II (Q2).
You have to study the information along with
(II) 3 y 2 + 4 3 y + 4 = 0 the question and compare the value derived from
Q.7. (I) 16x2 – 8x + 1 = 0 Quantity-I and Quantity-II and give answer-
(1) Quantity I > Quantity II
(II) 100y2 – 20y +1 = 0
(2) Quantity I ≥ Quantity II
Q.8. (I) 14x2 - 53x + 14 = 0 (3) Quantity II > Quantity I
(II) 4y2 - 25 = 0 (4) Quantity II ≥ Quantity I
Q.9. (I) (x + 3)2-25=0 (5) Quantity I = Quantity II or Relation
(II) y -14y + 49 =0
2 cannot be established
Q.21. (I) The age of teacher, if the average age of 36
Q.10. (I) x2 -10x+25=0 students is 14. When teacher’s age is included
(II) y2 + 26y -169 =0 the average increases by 1.
Q.11. (I) x2 - 6.9x + 11.7 = 0 (II) The age of teacher, if the average age of 19
students is 35. When teacher’s age is included
(II) y2-10.2y + 10.8 = 0 the average increases by 0.5.
Q.22. (I) Profit Percentage , if Some articles were bought
1
Q.12. (I) 2x 2 + 20% of 15x − of 2.5 = 0 at 6 articles for Rs. 5 and sold at 5 articles for
50% Rs. 6.
1 (II) Profit Percentage, if 100 toys are bought at the
(II) 2y2- 50% of 36y + of 10 = 0
25% rate of Rs. 350 and sold at the rate of Rs. 48
per dozen.
Q.13. (I) x 2 − 11 11x + 110 = 0 Q.23. (I) On selling 17 balls at Rs. 720, there is a loss
equal to the cost price of 5 balls. The cost price
(II) y 2 − 13 13y + 156 = 0 of a ball is:
Q.14. (I) 18x + 13y = 8 (II) A man buys a cycle for Rs. 1400 and sells it at
(II) 27x + 12y = 12 a loss of 15%. The selling price is:
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(5) I. 2x2 - 2 = 0 If, y2-10.2y+ 10.8 = 0
2x2 = 2 Then, y = 1.2 and 9
x2 = 1 So, x>y and y>x
Q.12.(3) On solving we get
x=±1
x = -2.5, 1
II. -3y2 + 3 = 0
y= 5 , 4
y2 = 1 x<y
y = ±1 Q.13.(5) If x2- 11 11x + 110 = 0
Hence , Relationship Cannot be established.
Then x = 10 11 and 1 11
Q.2.(1) x= 4.5, 4
If, y 2 − 13 13y + 156 = 0
y = 0.67, 0.4
x>y Then, y = 12 13 and 13
Q.3.(5) I. 7x - 35x - 6x + 30 = 0
2 So, x > y and x < y
7x (x-5) - 6 (x-5) = 0 Q.14.(3) x = 2/15 ; y = 47/135
6 x<y
x = 5,
7 Q.15.(3) x = -0.25, -0.039
y = +0.1, -0.033
II. 7y2 - 14y - 12y + 24 = 0
x< y
12
7y (y - 2) - 12 (y - 2) = 0, y = 2, Q.16.(1) x = -10, 4 ; y = -28, -17
7
Q.17.(1) x = 2.5 ; y = 1.25
\ Relation can't be established.
x>y
Q.4.(1) I. 14x + 18 = 172
Q.18.(1) 33 55
14x = 154, x = 11 x= ;y =
22 88
II. 21y2 = 1701, y2 = 81, y = +9
\ x > y x>y
Q.19.(4)
Q.5.(5) I. x = 2401, x = 49 3 1 4 3
x= ,− ;y = ,
17 2 3 17
II. y = 7, y = 49
\x=y x<y
3 3 2 2 Q.20.(1) I. , x = 80
Q.6.(3) x= , ; y = ,
2 2 3 3
x<y
II. , y = 26
Q.7.(1) x = 0.25, 0.25 ; y = 0.1, 0.1
x>y
x>y
Q.21.(1) I. 14+ (37×1) =14+37=51yrs.
Q.8.(5) 7 2 5
x= , ,y = ± II. 35 + (20×0.5) =35+ 10=45yrs.
2 7 2
Q.9.(3) x=2 ,-8, y= 7 ,7 11
Q.22.(1) I. Profit %ge = × 1 0 0 =44%
25
So, x<y
Q.10.(1) x= 5, 5, y= -13, -13 0 .5 2
II. Profit %ge × 100 =14 %
3 .5 7
So, x>y
Q.23.(3) I. C.P. of 12 balls = S.P. of 17 balls = Rs.720.
Q.11.(5) If, x² - 6.9x + 11.7 = 0
720
Then x = 3.9 and 3 CP of 1 ball = =Rs. 60
12
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 133
stportal.mahendras.org
II. SP =85% of 1400 12 = 12×3 =36 years.
85 5x + 4 2
= × 1 4 0 0 =Rs. 1190. =
II.
100 8x + 4 3
1 1 2 15x+12 = 16x+8
Q.24.(5) I. B work= - = ⇒ 1 2 d a ys
x=4.
4 6 24
A’s age 4 yrs ago 5×4=20
Then A’s age after 7yrs is
1
II. A’s 1hr work
. 20+4+7=31yrs.
4
1 Pr2
(B+C’s) 1 hr work . Q.29.(5) I. SI-CI= .
3 1002
1 P × 82
= 1 2 .8
(A+C’s) 1hr work . 2
2 1 0 0
1 1 7 6 4P 2
A+B+C 1hr work = + = . = 1 2 .8
4 3 12 2
1 0 0
7 1 1
B’s work = − = = 12 hours. P=Rs2000.
12 2 12
Pnr
160 160 9 II. SI=
Q.25.(3) I. Total time taken = + = hrs 100
64 80 2
320 P ×8 ×5
Then avg speed = ×2 800=
9 100
2
= 320 × = 71.11km/hr. 800 ×100
9 P= =Rs.2000.
40
2 × 60 × 90 4
II. =72km/hr.
5
c 2 ×4 c 2 60
150 Q.30.(3) I. = =
12
c4 495 33
Q.26.(1) I. Let the speed of two trains be 7x and 8x.
c 2 × 4 c 1 × 3 c 1 182 0
5
8
400 II. = =
= 100
12
c4 9
338 3 3
4
8x=100Þx=12.5. Q.31.(1) Quantity I.
Milk : Water
Then speed of first train =7×12.5
100 : 25
=87.5km/hr.
10=4 : 1=2.5
II. Length of the train = 264m. In Quantity II:
Time taken to pass the tree = 12 seconds. 5=10 ; 1=2
Quantity 1> Quantity 2
264
Speed of the train = m/sec = 22 Q.32.(3) Quantity I: 20% Increase= 1/5
12
18 1
×T = 5
m/sec = 2 2 × km/hr = 79.2 km/hr. 1+5
5
T=30 Kg
Q.27.(3) I. Ratio 20:35=4:7
Quantity II:
11 = 3520
100
7 ?ÞRs2240.
110 125
4000 2 125-110=15
II. =
y 3 15
×T = 6
y = 6000. 125
Q.28.(1) I. Ratio P:Q 12:1 T=50 Kg
1=3 II > I
134 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.33.(5) Quantity I: A B 7
3 years before 5 6 II. SP = × 2400 = 2800
6
3 years after 6 7
Difference in both case 6-5=1 and 7-6=1 4
Q.37.(1) I. Volume of sphere = × π × r3
1=6 3
6=30 R=7; Volume= 1437.33
Present age =30+3=33
Quantity II: A B II. V=a3 = 83 = 512
11 years before 1 3 I > II
11 years after 1 2 Q.38.(2) Dividing Quantity I and Quantity II we get
Difference A=1-1=0 ; B= -1 I 5a
To make the difference same; multiply equation =
II 6b
2 by 2; we get
Quantity II: A B Now b has to be > 0 and a has to be > b
11 years before 1 3 If a = 2, b = 1, I > II
11 years after 2 4
Similarly we will get I > II in all cases
Difference A=2-1=1; B=4-3=1
1=2 But a = 6 and b = 5
11=22 Then
Present age= 22+11=33 a=b
Q.34.(1) CI for 2 years on 20%=1/5 Quantity I > Quantity II
5 6
Q.39.(1) Quantity I:
5 6
5×5=25 6×6=36 Selling price of the article = 400×(90/100)
CI=36-25=11 =1320 = Rs.360
Sum=25=3000 Cost price of the article = 360×(100/120)
Quantity II: Find Rate = Rs.300
Cube root(125): Cube root (216) Quantity II:
5:6 Selling price of the Pen = 350×(92/100)
6 −5 1
rate= × 1 0 0 =20% = = Rs.322
5 5
Cost price of the Pen = 322×(100/115)
5 6
5 6 = Rs.280
5×5=25 6×6=36 Quantity I > Quantity II
36=2880; hence 25=2000 Q.40.(3) x/(10-6) - x/(10+6) = 6
I > II
x/4 - x/16 = 6
2 × 12 × 15
Q.35.(3) I. D = × 15 = 200 3x/16 = 6
27
x = 32 km
Quantity II:
Quantity II:
Speed difference for 1 hour =40-30=10
Kmph; means in 1 hour faster bus will Speed of still water (x)
cover 10 km more than slower one; hence = 20 km/hrs, Speed of stream (y) = 8 km/hrs
to cover 30 km more it will take 3 hours. D = t×[(x2- y2)/2x]
Distance= Relative Speed × Time
= 4×[(202 - 82)/(2×20)]
D= 3× (30+40) =210 Km
= 4×(400 - 64)/40
II > I
= 4×(336/40) = 33.6 km
120
Q.36.(1) I. SP = × 2400 = 2880 Quantity I < Quantity II
100
Permutation &
CHAPTER
17 Combination
The study of permutations and combinations is concerned 7! 7! 7 × 6 × 5 × 4!
with determining the number of different ways of arranging (ii) 7
P3 = = = = 210
and selecting objects out of a given number of objects, ( 7 − 3 )! 4 ! 4!
without actually listing them. There are some basic counting
Note : Number of all permuations of n-things, taken all
techniques which will be useful in determining the number
at a time = n!
of different ways of arranging or selecting objects.
Circular Permutations : There are two cases of circular-
Factorial permutations:-
Factorial denoted by n or n ! (a) If clockwise and anti clock-wise orders are different,
Where n! = n. (n-1) (n-2)...............3.2.1 then total number of circular-permutations is given by
(n-1)!
eg. (I.) 5! = 5.4.3.2.1 = 120
(b) If clock-wise and anti-clock-wise orders are taken
(II) 6! = 6.5.4.3.2.1 = 720
as not different, then total number of circular-
from (i),and (II) we get permutations is given by (n-1)!/2
6! = 6.5.4.3.2.1 Combination
6! = 6.5!
(selection, committee, group)
in general n! = n (n-1) !
Each of the different groups or selections which can be
(III) 1! = 1 formed by taking some or all of a number of object called
(IV) 0! = 1 a combinations.
n! = n ×(n-1)! Suppose we want to select two out of three persons A, B,C.
Then possible selections are :
n is greater than 0
AB, BC, CA
1! = 1 ×(1-1)!
1! = 1×(0)! Note : AB and BA represent the same selection.
All permutation made with the letters a,b,c taking all at a Note : (i) If (n=r), n C r = 1 and n C 0 = 1
time are :
(abc, acb, bac, bca, cab, cba) Important points
n
Number of Permutations : Number of all permutations of C r = n C bn − r g ,
n things, taken r at a time, is given by :
n! 16 16 !
n
Pr = eg. C 13 =16 C 16 −13 =16 C 3 =
bn − r g! 3 ! × 13 !
e.g.
16 × 15 × 14 × 13 !
6! 6! 6 × 5 × 4! = = 560
(i) 6
P2 = = = = 30 3 × 2 × 1 × 13 !
( 6 − 2 )! 4 ! 4!
136 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Conclusion : The basic difference between permutation & Ex. In how many different ways can the letters of the
combination. word ELEPHANT be arranged so that vowels al-
ways occur together?
Permutation
There are three letters a,b,c and permutation made with them Sol. Vowels = E, E and A.
3!
by taking two at a time- a,b,c They can be arranged in= i.e. 3!/2! Ways
2!
ab
ac 6! × 3!
bc So total ways = = 2160
6-different w ays 2!
ba
ca Ex. In how many different ways can the lettes of the
cb word ‘ROSE’ be arranged so that vowels never come
* Here ab, is possible then ba is also possible in permutation. together ?
Combination : There are three person A, B, C we want to Sol. Ways (never)
select two out of three. The number of combination are : ABC
= Ways (total) - Ways (always)
AB
AC = 4! - 3! × 2! = 24 -12 = 12
BA
BC 3-different w ays Ex. In how many different ways can the word
CA ‘TOFFEE’arranged so as, vowels never come to-
CB gether ?
* Here AB is possible, then BA is not possible in combination Sol. Ways (never) = ways (Total) - ways (always)
because they represent same combination.
6! 4 !× 3 !
Result : In the above discussion, we observe that if AB is = − = 180 - 36= 144
2 !× 2 ! 2 !× 2 !
possible and BA is also possible then we apply permutation
and when AB is possible and BA is not possible then we Ex. How many words can be formed by re-arranging
apply combination. the letters of the word CURRENT such that C and
T occupy the first and last position respectively?
Permutation :
Sol. 5!
Ex. In how many different ways can the letters of the = 60
2!
word ROSE be arranged ?
Ex. In how many ways 4 Indians, 5 Africans and 7 Japa-
Sol. n = 4, r = 4
nese be seated in a row so that all person of same
By Formula : nationality sits together?
4 4! 4! 4 × 3 × 2 ×1 Sol. 4! × 5! × 7! × 3!
P4 = = = = 24
( 4 − 4 )! 0 ! 1
Ex. In how many ways 5 Americans and 5 Indians be
Trick : seated along a circular table, so that they are seated
4! = 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 24 in alternative positions?
Ex. In how many different ways can the letters of word Sol. 4!x5! =2880
‘Toffee’ arranged ?
Ex. How many necklace of 12 beads each can be made
Sol. Here, ‘F’ and ‘E’ repeated two times therefore- from 18 beads of different colours?
6!
6
P6 ( 6 − 6 )! 6! Sol. Here clock-wise and anti-clockwise arrangements are same.
= =
2
P2 × 2 P2 2! 2! 2 !× 2 ! Hence total number of circular–permutations:
×
( 2 − 2 )! ( 2 − 2 )!
P1 2
18
18 !
6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 ×1 =
= = 180 2 × 12 6 × 24
2 ×1× 2 ×1
Ex. In how many ways can 15 people be seated
Trick : around two round tables with seating capacities
6! 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 ×1 of 7 and 8 people?
= = 180
2 !× 2 ! 2 ×1× 2 ×1 Sol. 15
C8×6!×7! + 15C7×6!×7!
Combination 10 × 9 × 8
= × 5= 120 × 5 = 600
3 ×2
Ex. Find the value of 5c2.
Ex. From a group of 10 men & 5 women. 4 persons are
Sol. 5
c2 = 2 5 = 2 5 = 5 × 4 = 10 to be selected such that either 4 men or 4 women in
5 -2 ×3 2 the group. Find the different number of ways.
Ex. Find the value of n when nc2 = 105 ? 10 5
Sol. c4 + 5c4 =
4 6 + 4 1
10
Sol. n
c2 = 105
n 10 × 9 × 8 × 7
2 n-2 = 105 = + 5= 210 + 5 = 215
4 ×3 ×2
n (n- 1) = 210 { 142 < 210 < 152}
Ex. A committee of 5 members is to be formed out of 4
n = 15
men and 5 women.
Ex. There are 15 persons in a group. They shake hand
(i) In how many ways can a committee consisting
with each other. Find the different no. of hand shake.
of at least 1 woman be formed?
Sol. By formula
Sol. 5
c1 × 4c4 + 5c2 × 4c3 + 5c3 × 4c2 + 5c4 × 4c1 + 5c5 × 4c0
15 15 15 × 14
15
c2 = 2 1 5 – 2 = = = 105 = 5 × 1 + 10 × 4 +10 × 6 + 5 × 4 + 1 = 126
2 13 2
Ex. From a group of 10 men & 5 women 4 persons are to (ii) In how many ways can a committee consisting
be selected to form a committee. Find the different of 3 men and 2 women be formed ?
number of ways for selection. 4 5
Sol. 4
c3 × 5c2 = 3 1 × 2 3
15 15
Sol. 15
c4 = 4 1 5 -4 = 4
11
4 ×5 ×4
15 × 14 × 13 × 12 = = 40
= = 105 × 13 = 1365 2
4 ×3 ×2
Ex. From a group of 10 men & 5 women. 4 person is Ex. There are 6 men and 7 women. In how many ways
to be selected such that 3 men and 1 woman in the a committee of 4 members can be made such that a
group ? particular man is always to be excluded?
Sol. = 10c3 × 5c1 Sol. Here are total 13 people, a particular man is to be
10 5 10 5 excluded, so now 12 people are left to chosen from
= × = × and 4 members to be chosen. So ways are 12C4 = 495.
3× 7 1 4 3 7 4
EXERCISE
Q.1. Find the number of different words that can be formed from the word 'SUCCESS'.
(1) 360 (2) 480 (3) 420 (4) 5040 (5) None of these
Q.2. In how many different ways can the letters of the word ‘LEADING’ be arranged in such a way that the vowels
always come together?
(1) 360 (2) 480 (3) 720 (4) 5040 (5) None of these
Q.3. In how many different ways can the letters of the word ‘CORPORATION’ be arranged so that the vowels always
come together?
(1) 810 (2) 1440 (3) 2880 (4) 50400 (5) 5760
Q.4. In how many diffirent ways can the alphabets of word "Equation" can be arranged taking 5 letters at a time
with the condition that the letters can be repeated?
(1) 32768 (2) 34569 (3) 37268 (4) 21724 (5) None of these
Q.5. In how many ways the alphabets of the word "CREATION" can be arranged so that all the consonants are alternate?
(1) 1052 (2) 952 (3) 1152 (4) 852 (5) None of these
Q.6. In how many ways the letters of the word "WOMEN" can be rearranged so that when constant occupies odd places,
vowel comes on even places ?
(1) 10 (2) 11 (3) 12 (4) 13 (5) 14
Q.7. In how many ways can 5 men, 3 women and 2 girls can be seated in a row so that the people of same gender are
not seated together ?
(1) 3718640 (2) 3729123 (3) 3628800 (4) 3620160 (5) None of these
Q.8. In how many ways can 7 boys and 5 girls be seated in a row so that no two of the girls can be together ?
(1) 9676800 (2) 9266420 (3) 9352980 (4) 3456780 (5) None of these
Q.9. A round table meeting is held between eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F G and H. In how many ways can they seated
so that A and D always sits diagonally opposite to each other?
(1) 1220 (2) 1330 (3) 1110 (4) 1440 (5) None of these
Q.10. How many ways can 4 apples be given in such a way to 3 girls if one girl can recieve 1 apple.
(1) 64 (2) 360 (3) 6 (4) 24 (5) None of these
Q.11. A group photograph of a family having 6 females and 20 males is to be taken the first row consist of women and the
second row consist of boys with 2 tallest boys standing at the extreme corners of the second row. Find the number
of arrangement.
(1) 2 × 18! × 6! (2) 18! × 6! (3) 3 × 6! × 18! (4) 9! × 14! (5) None of these
Q.12. Find the total number of employee code that can be formed by using two alphabets followed by 2 numbers and the
letters should be distinct.
(1) 61000 (2) 54000 (3) 42000 (4) 63000 (5) None of these
Q.13. 12 points lie on a circle. How many cyclic quadrilaterals can be drawn by using these points ?
(1) 595 (2) 495 (3) 394 (4) 295 (5) 410
Q.14. Two boxes A and B contain 5 balls each. We have to choose 6 balls in all of which at least 2 should be from Box A
and atleast 2 from Box B. In how many ways the selection can be made?
(1) 150 (2) 180 (3) 165 (4) 200 (5) None of these
Q.15. There are 5 boys and 4 girls, In how many ways 4 boys and 2 girls can be seated on 6 chairs?
(1) 6400 (2) 12500 (3) 21600 (4) 34300 (5) None of these
Q.16. There are 5 professor, 8 lecturer and 7 teacher. 6 people to be selected to make an interview board. In how many ways
can they selected if it contain equal number of professors, lecturers and teachers?
(1) 5880 (2) 4770 (3) 3450 (4) 2180 (5) None of these
Q.17. A committee of 5 persons is to be formed from 6 men and 4 women. In how many ways can this be done when at
most 2 women are included?
(1) 124 (2) 132 (3) 186 (4) 174 (5) None of these
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(3) No. of Permutation = n! / p! × q!, where p Q.8.(1) _ B _ B _ B _ B _ B _ B _ B _
= of one type , q = ( of another type ). Boys = 7!
No. of Permutation = 7!/ 3! × 2! Girls = 8p5
No. of Permutation = 420 7 ! × 8p5 = 9676800 ways
Q.2.(3) Then, we have to arrange the letters LNDG (EAI). Q.9.(4) A
Now, 5 (4 + 1 = 5) letters can be arranged in 5!
= 120 ways.
The vowels (EAI) can be arranged among
themselves in 3! = 6 ways. D
Required number of ways = (120 x 6) = 720.
A and D can be seated in 2! ways
Q.3.(4) In the word 'CORPORATION', we treat the vowels
and others can be seated in 6! ways
OOAIO as one letter.
Total number of ways = 2! × 6! = 1440 ways
Thus, we have CRPRTN (OOAIO).
Q.10.(4) G1 G2 G3
This has 7 (6+1) letters of which R occurs 2 times
and the rest are different. ↓ ↓ ↓
Number of ways arranging these letters 4 × 3 × 2 = 24 ways
7! Q.11.(1) Difference = 2 × 18! × 6!
= = 2520
2! Q.12.(5) Out of 26 alphabets two distinct letters can be
arranged in 26p2 ways.
Now, 5 vowels in which ) occurs 3 times and the
5! The first digit of the number in 10 ways
rest are different, can be arranged in = 20 day
3! The second digit of the number in 10 ways
So, total number of ways
Required number of ways = (2520×20) = 50400
= 26p2 × 10 × 10 = 65000
Q.4.(1) The word formed will be of 5 letters and the letters
can be repeated. Q.13.(2) Any set of 4 points we get a cycle combination
quadrilateral number of ways of choosing 4 points
_ _ _ _ _
out of.
8×8×8×8×8
12 points is 12c4 = 495
85 = 32768 ways
Q.14.(4) Part A Part B
Q.5.(3) In one arrangement consonants will come on even
So,
places and in are arrangement they will come on
odd places (2 and 4), (3 and 3), (4 and 2),
therefore 2 × 4! × 4! = 1152 ways = 5c2 × 5c4 +5c3 × 5c3 + 5c4 × 5c2
Q.6.(3) Consonants comes on 1, 3, 5 place
= 10×5 + 10 × 10 + 5 × 10
So, total arrangement = 3! = 6 = 50 + 100 + 50 = 200 ways
Vowels comes on 2, 4 place Q.15.(3) 4 boys can be selected out of in 5c4 ways
So, total arrangement = 2! = 2 = 2 girls can be seated out of 4 in 4c2 ways
So, total arrangement = 6 × 2 = 12 ways Number of selecting = 5c4 × 4c2 = 30
Q.7.(4) Never together = All - together Ways of arranging = 6!
= 10 ! - 3! × 5! × 3! × 2! Total number of arrangement
= 3628800 - 8640 = 30 × 720 = 21600
= 3620160 ways Q.16.(1) 5c2 × 8c2 × 7c2 = 5, 880
CHAPTER
18 PROBABILITY
- If two coins are tossed, then Adding these equation (I) & (II), we get-
1 4
S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}
bg ej
P E +P E = +
5 5
IV. Event : Any subset of a sample space is called an
event, denoted by E.
bg ej
i.e. P E + P E = 1 ..........(Remember that)
In the above, E = {2, 4, 6} is an event and E ⊆ S
Ex. Find the probability of getting head when single coin
V. Probability of occurrence of an event(E) : is tossed.
2 1 Sol. P(E) =
nE bg
P(E) = = n S bg
4 2
Ex. Find the probability of getting at least one head when LM1,3 2 ,6 2,2 OP
9 1
two coins are tossed simultaneously. MM 3,1 6 ,2 6,6 P =
4,4 P ,
36 4
Sol. For two coins
MN3,5 5,3
PQ
n(S) = 4 {(H, H) (T, T) (H, T) (T, H)}
Ex. Find the probability that sum is a prime no. & less
Here, n(E) = 3 {(H, H) (H, T) (T, H)} than 8 when two dice are thrown simultaneously.
1 + 2 + 4 + 6 13
Sol. P(E) = =
3 36 36
P(E) =
4 Note : Sum Ways No. of results
Ex. Find the probability of getting at most one head when
two coins are tossed simultaneously. 2 (1, 1) 1
Sol. n(S) = 4 {(H, H) (T, T) (H, T) (T, H)} 3 (1,2) (2,1) 2
n(E) = 3 {(T, T) (H, T) (T, H)} 5 (3,2) (2,3) (1,4) (4,1) 4
7 (1, 6) (6, 1) (4, 3) (3, 4)
3
P(E) = 4 DICE (2, 5) (5, 2) 6
n(E) = 2 {3, 6}
D ia m o nd H e art C lu b Spad e
13 13 13 13
2 1
P(E) = = 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 – no. cards
6 3
→ 9×4 = 36
Ex. Find the probability of that number which is a multiple
of 2 when one dice is thrown once. Ace, King, Queen; Jack - Honour cards
Sol. n(S)=6 {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,} → 4×4 = 16
n(E) = 3 {2, 4, 6} King, Queen; Jack - Face cards
3 1 → 3×4 = 12
P(E) = =
6 2 Ex. If from a pack of 52 cards, 1 card is drawn at random.
Ex. Find the probability that sum on both faces is 9 when Find the probability that the card is an Ace card.
two dice are thrown simultaneously. Solution :
Sol. 62 = 36 n (E ) 4
C1
P(E) = = 4 1
n(S) = 36 = =
n( S ) 52
C1 52 13
LM6, 3 OP Ex. If from a pack of 52 playing cards, 1 card is drawn at
MM3, 6 PP random. What is the probability that it is either a king
or queen?
MN5,4, 45 PQ
4 1
4
C 1 +4 C 1 8 2
= Sol. P(E) = = =
n (E) = 4, P(E) = 52
C1 52 13
36 9
Ex. Find the probability that sum is divisible by 4 when two
dice are thrown simultaneously.
EXERCISE
Q.1-5. Study the given information carefully to answer the questions that follow.
An urn contains 4 green, 5 blue, 2 red and 3 yellow marbles.
Q.1. If four marbles are drawn at random, what is the probability that two are blue and two are red ?
10 9 17 2
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
1001 14 364 7
Q.2. If eight marbles are drawn at random, what is the probability that there are equal number of marbles of each colour?
4 361 60 1
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
7 728 1001 1
Q.3. If two marbles are drawn at random, what is the probability that both are red or at least one is red?
26 1 199 133
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
91 7 364 191
Q.4. If three marbles are drawn at random, what is the probability that at least one is yellow ?
1 199 165 3
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
3 364 364 11
Q.5. If three marbles are drawn at random, what is the probability that none is green ?
2 253 10 14
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
7 728 21 91
Q.6. A person teaches to three children. What is the probality that no one among them will be a girl.
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 0
2 16 3 8
Q.7. The letter I, G, L, N & C are arranged to form the word CLING. What is the probability?
1 1 1 3
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
120 64 36 5
Q.8. A bag contains 10 white balls and 16 black balls. Two balls are drawn in succession without replacement. What is
the probability that first is white and second is black?
18 17 35 37
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
145 29 134 145
Q.9. Four boys and three girls sit in a row for interview. The probability that they will sit in alternate position is-
1 1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
3 4
23 35 15 65
Q.10. What is the probability that number selected from number 1,2,3......100 is a prime number, when each number is
equally likely to be related?
9 8 11 1 10
(1) 3 0 (2) 3 5 (3) 3 0 (4) 4 (5)
30
Q.11. A bag contains 6 black, 5 white and 8 yellow balls. If four balls are picked at random, what is the probability that
all four of them are either black or any two out of the four are white?
3 925 359 11
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
1292 3876 1927 387
1 1 3
Q.12. Ramesh play 3 sets of a badminton match. The probability of his winning the three sets are , , respectively.
7 5 4
What is probability that he will win atleast 1 set of the game?
1 7 13 23
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
24 24 24 24
Q.13. What is probability of a head and even number when a coin is tossed and a dice is thrown?
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) None of these
2 3 4 5
148 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Q.14. What is probability of getting a sum greater than 15 if three dice are rolled simultaneously?
(1) 5/54 (2) 15/216 (3) 11/216 (4) 17/216 (5) None of these
Q.15. The probability of sucess of A, B, C in an interview is 1/5, 1/4, 1/3 respectively. Find the probability of sucess of
atleast two?
(1) 1/6 (2) 3/5 (3) 3/4 (4) 2/5 (5) None of these
Q.16. Two team x and y are participating in quiz contest. The probability that team x will win is 5/8 and the probability
that team y will win is 1/5. What is the probability that either team x or team y will win the contest?
(1) 3/5 (2) 5/7 (3) 6/7 (4) 33/40 (5) 21/30
Q.17. A 5 digit number is formed by the digits 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 without repitition. What is the probability that the number
formed is a multiple of 4?
(1) 1/2 (2) 1/3 (3) 1/4 (4) 1/5 (5) 1/6
Q.18. Two unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting at most one tail?
(1) 1/2 (2) 1/3 (3) 2/3 (4) 3/4 (5) 1/4
Q.19. Three unbiased coins are tossed, What is the probability of getting atleast 2 tail?
(1) 1/2 (2) 1/3 (3) 1/6 (4) 1/8 (5) 1/10
Q.20-22. There are 3 bags containing 3 colored balls – Red, Green and Yellow.
Bag 1 contains: 24 green balls. Red balls are 4 more than yellow balls. Probability of selecting 1 red ball is 4/13.
Bag 2 contains: Total balls are 8 more than 7/13 of balls in bag 1. Probability of selecting 1 red ball is 1/3. The ratio
of green balls to yellow balls is 1 : 2
Bag 3 contains: Red balls is equal to total number of green and yellow balls in bag 2. Green balls is equal to total number
of green and red balls in bag 2. Probability of selecting 1 yellow ball is 3/14.
Q.20. 1 ball each is chosen from bag 1 and bag 2, What is the probability that 1 is red and other is yellow?
(1) 15/128 (2) 21/115 (3) 17/135 (4) 25/117 (5) 16/109
Q.21. Some green balls are transferred from bag 1 to bag 3. Now probability of choosing a yellow ball from bag 3 becomes
3/16. Find the number of remaining balls in bag 1.
(1) 60 (2) 58 (3) 5 (4) 48 (5) 44
Q.22. Green balls in ratio 4: 1 from bags 1 and 3 respectively are transferred to bag 4. Also 4 and 8 red balls from bags 1
and 3 respectively. Now probability of choosing green balls from bag 4 is 5/11. Find the number of green balls in
bag 4?
(1) 12 (2) 15 (3) 10 (4) 9 (5) 11
Q.23-24. There are 3 people – A, B and C. Probability that A speaks truth is 3/10, probability that B speaks truth is 3/7
and probability that C speaks truth is 5/6. For a particular question asked, at most 2 people speak truth. All people
answer to a particular question asked.
Q.23. What is the probability that B will speak truth for a particular question asked?
(1) 7/1 (2) 14/33 (3) 4/15 (4) 9/28 (5) 10/33
Q.24. A speaks truth only when B does not speak truth, then what is the probability that C does not speak truth on a ques-
tion?
(1) 11/140 (2) 21/180 (3) 22/170 (4) 13/140 (5) None of these
Q.25. Four persons are chosen at random from a group of 3 men, 3 women and 4 children. What is the probability that
exactly 2 of them will be men?
(1) 1/9 (2) 3/10 (3) 4/15 (4) 1/10 (5) 5/12
Q.26-29. Rahul and Saif appear for an interview for two vacancies. The probability of Rahul's selection is 1/3 and that of
Saif's selection is 1/5 .
Q.26. Find the probability that both of them will be selected.
(1) 1/15 (2) 8/15 (3) 8/9 (4) 7/8 (5) None of these
EXERCISE Explanation
5 Q.13.(3) Probability of getting a head = 1/2
C 2 ×2 C 2 10
Q.1.(1) Required probability = =
14
C4 1001 When a coin is tossed, Probability of getting a even
4
C 2 × 2C 2 × 3C 2 × 5C 2 number when dice is tossed = 1/2
Q.2.(3) Required probability = 14
C8 1 1 1
180 60 Required probability = × =
= = 2 2 4
3003 1001 Q.14.(1) Sum of 18 - {6, 6, 6} - 1 way
Q.3.(1) Required probability =
2
C2
+ 1−
LM 12
C2 OP
Sum of 17 - {6, 6, 5} - 3 way
14
C2 MN 14
C2 PQ
Sum of 16 - {6, 6, 4}{6,5,5} - 3+3 = 6 way
1 66 1 25 26
== + 1 − = + = Sum of 15-{6, 6, 3}{6,5,4}{5,5,5}-3+6+1= 10 way
9 1 9 1 91 91 91
Total way = 20 ways
11
C3 165 199
Q.4.(2) Required probability=1- = 1- = Required probability = 20/216 = 5/54
14
C3 364 364
Q.15.(1) Required probability
10
C3 30 4 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
Q.5.(5) Required probability = = 5 × 4 × 3 + 5 × 4 × 3 + 5 × 4 × 3 + 4 × 3 × 5
14
C3 91
4 3 2 1 10 1
Q.6.(4) Probability of the child of not a girl = 1/2 = 60 + 60 + 60 + 60 = =
60 6
1 1 1 1
Required probability = × × =
2 2 2 8 Q.16.(4) Winning probability of team x = 5/8
Q.7.(1) Favourable case = 1
winning probability of team y = 1/5
Total case = 5!
required probability = 5/8 + 1/5 = 33/40
1 1
Probability = =
5 ! 120 Q.17.(4) Favourable event : To be a multiple of 4, the last
2 digits of the number have to be divisible by 4 is
10
C1 16
C1 they must be 12, 24, 32 or 52. and semaining place
Q.8.(5) Required probability = ×
26
C1 25
C1 can be filled in 3! ways
Q.12.(5) Probability of not winning all the three sets Red Green Yellow Total
1 1 3 6 4 1 6 Bag-1 16 24 12 52
= 1 − 7 × 1 − 5 × 1 − 4 = × × = Bag-2 12 8 16 36
7 5 4 35
6
Bag-3 24 20 12 56
29
Probability of winning atleast one set= 1- =
35 35
So case 1: B and A speaks truth Probability Q.34.(4) P(won at least 1 game)= 1- P(won no games)
3 3 5 3 =1- [(1-0.(4) × (1-0.(2) ] (0.(2) = 0.52
= × × 1 − =
7 10 6 140 Q.35.(4) (4) 0.4× 0.3 × 0.3= 0.036
Case 2: B and C speaks truth Probability Q.36.(4) Case1- India wins first game and loses second and third
3 3 5 5
= × 1 − × = Case 2= Lose + Win + Lose
7 10 6 20
Case 3= Lose + Lose+ Win P
Case 3: Only B speaks truth Probability
3 3 5 1 = P1+P2+P3 = 0.404
= × 1 − × 1 − =
7 10 6 120 Q.37.(2) Case 1= Won first × Lost Second
= 0.4 × (1-0.(3) = 0.4 × 0.7=0.28
3 1 5 9
Add the three cases = + + = Case 2= Lost First × Won second
140 20 20 28
Q.24.(1) Case 1: B does not speak truth, A speaks truth So A = (1-0.(4) × 0.2 = 0.6×0.2=0.12
speaks truth here Probability that C does not speak
truth = (3/10) × (1 – 3/7) × ( 1- 5/6) = 1/35 P= 0.28+0.12=0.40
Case 2: B speaks truth So A does not speak truth Q.38.(3) Favourable case = 2,1,0,-2,-3,-4
here Probability that C does not speak truth Total cases = -4,-3,-2,-1,0,1,2,3,4
= ( 1- 3/10) × 3/7 × ( 1- 5/6) = 1/20 6 3
Probability = =
So total = 1/35 + 1/20 = 11/140 8 4
Q.39.(2) Favourable case = 36
Q.25.(2) 2 men means other 2 woman and children So prob. Total case = 36
C2 ×7 C2 3
3
36
= 10
= Probability = =1
C4 10 36
Q.40.(3) Favourable case = (1,2) (1,4) (1,6) (4,1) (4,3) (4,5)
Q.26.(1) 1 1 1 (2,1) (2,3) (2,5) (5,2) (5,4) (5,6) (3,2) (3,4) (3,6)
× = (6,1) (6,3) (6,5)
3 5 15
Total cases = 36
4 2 8 18 1
Q.27.(2) × = Probability = =
5 3 15 36 2
8 7
Q.28.(4) 1 − =
15 15
152 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
CHAPTER
19 DATA
SUFFICIENCY
Sol. Let the two-digit number be 10x+y
Introduction
Then, y-x = 4..........(i)
Data sufficiency has recently become a favourite topic for
many of the recent examinations. In this type of questions, I. x + y = 10 .........(ii)
usually a question is given followed by two or three Solving (i) with (ii), we get
statements. These two or three statements contain data or x = 3, y = 7
some pieces of information, using which, the question can
Number = 10 × 3 + 7 = 37
possibly be solved. You are required to judge whether the
data given is sufficient to answer the question or not. II. |10x+y-10y-x| = 36
Format of Study : Data sufficiency questions are not new or, |9x - 9y| = 36 or, |x-y| = 4
topics in themselves. They may be covering any of the topics we wouldn’t get the value of x and y.
already covered; for example : percentage, time and work, Therefore, only statement I alone is sufficient to
algebra, time and distance profit and loss, S.I., C.I., average answer the question.
etc. Hence you should treat these questions as old-type only.
Only these questions are asked in a different pattern and not Ex. What is the value of m - n ÷ 37 ?
the conventional pattern. I. m is the largest possible six-digit number and n
Helping Hands: When you are attempting a question of data is the smallest possible six-digit number.
sufficiency you should follow a systematic approach as laid II. The difference between m and n is known.
down below. This approach being a systematic one, will save Sol. I. m = 999999, n = 100000 ∴ ? = m - n ÷ 37
your time. Also in case you are stuck up at any point, it will
= 999999 - 100000 ÷ 37
help your chances of guessing a correct answer because it
narrows down the possible answers from 5 to 3 or 2. = 999999 - 2702.70 = 997296.30
II. m - n = known, but neither the value of ‘m’
To understand this approach let us first look at the way in
is known nor the value of ‘n’ is known. So,
which such questions are usually asked : (1) Two statements
we cannot find the value of m-n ÷ 37 by this
D.S. (2) Three statements D.S.
statement.
Direction : The questions given below contain two Ex. What is the average daily wages of a worker who
statements giving certain data. You have to decide whether works five days if he made Rs. 80 for the first day?
the data given in the statements are sufficient for answering
I. The worker made a total of Rs. 400 for the first
the question ? Mark answer-
four days of work.
(1) If statement I alone is sufficient but statement II II. The worker made 20% more each day than he
alone is not sufficient. did on the previous day.
(2) If statement II alone is sufficient but statement Sol. Only II statement is sufficient.
I alone is not sufficient. Ex. What is the difference between the present ages of
(3) If each statement alone (either I or II) is mother and her daughter?
sufficient. I. Ratio of the age of the daughter eight years hence
to the present age of the mother is 3 :4.
(4) If statement I and II together are not sufficient.
II. Ratio of the present age of the daughter to that
(5) If both statement together are sufficient, but of the mother is 11 : 20.
neither statement alone is sufficient. Sol. Statements I and II will give us the separate equations
Ex. In a two-digit number, the digit at unit's place is 4 more for mother and daughter. Therefore, both statements
than the digit at tens place.Find the two digit number. together are sufficient.
I. Sum of their digits is 10. Ex. What is the population of state A?
I. After an increase in the population of state A by
II. The difference between the number and the
12% it becomes 627.20 lakhs.
number obtained by interchanging the position
II. Ratio of population of state A to that of state B
of the digits is 36.
is 4:5.
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 153
stportal.mahendras.org
Sol. I. Population of State (4) All I, II and III
627 .20 (5) Answer can not be given even using all the
A= × 100 = 560 lakhs three statements.
112
.
II. Ratio never determine value therefore only I Sol. Answer can not be given even using all the three
statement is sufficient. statements.
Ex. What is the rate of simple interest per annum? Ex. What will be the sum of ages of mother and daughter
I. The sum trebles in 20 years at simple interest. after 6 years?
II. The difference between the sum and the simple I. Mother's present age is 24 years more than the
interest earned after 10 years is Rs. 1000. daughter's present age.
100 II. 4 years ago, the ratio of ages of mother and
Sol. I. b g
R = 3 −1 ×
20
= 10% daughter was 5:1.
II. Here the sum is not given. III. Five times the daughter's present age is 16 years
more than the mother's present age.
Therefore, statement I alone is sufficient.
(1) Any two (2) Only I and either II or III
Ex. What is the speed of a running train which takes 6
(3) Only I and II (4) Only II and III
seconds to cross a signal post?
(5) None of these
I. The length of the train is 90 m. Sol. From statement (I) and (II),
II. The train takes 18 seconds to cross a platform180 M = D + 24 _________(i)
m long. M = 5 D ___________(ii)
90 18 From equation (i) and (ii),
Sol. I. ×
Speed of the train = = 54 km/hr
6 5 D = 10 years
II. Quicker Method : Length of train
M = 34 years
Length of platform From statement (I) and (III),
= × T im e
diff. in tim e M = D+24 __________(iii)
taken to cross a signal post
5D = M + 16 _________(iv)
180
= × 6 = 90 m From equation (iii) and (iv),
18 − 6
D = 10 years
90 18 M = 34 years
Speed of the train = × = 54 km/hr.
6 5 Therefore, only I and either II or III is sufficient.
Either I or II is sufficient. Ex. What is the length of the platform?
Ex. A train crosses another train running in the opposite I. A train running at the speed of 25 km./hr. crosses
direction in x seconds. What is the speed of the train? a platform in 18 seconds.
I. Both the trains are running at the same speed. II. The train crosses a man moving in opposite
II. The first train is y cm long. direction at the speed of 5 km./hr. in 12 seconds.
Sol. The length of the other train is not given in any of the III. The train crosses a pole in 14.4 seconds.
statements. (1) All I, II and III (2) Any two
Both the statements are not sufficient.
(3) Only II and either I or III (4) Only II and III
Three Statement Data Sufficiency
(5) None of these
Direction.The questions given below contain three
statements giving certain data. You have to decide whether Sol. From statement (I) and (II),
the data given in the statements are sufficient for answering 5 25
the question ? Relative speed = 25+5 = 3 0 × = m./sec.
18 3
Ex. What is the average of three numbers?
25
I. The largest number is 20 more than the smallest Distance = ×12 = 100 meter
number. 3
II. The sum of the largest and the smallest number Length of train = 100 m.
is twice the middle number. Length of train + length of platform
III. The difference between first two numbers is 10.
25 × 5
(1) Only I and III = ×18
18
(2) Only II and III
Length of platform = 25 m.
(3) Any two
154 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
EXERCISE
Q.1-15. The questions given below contain two statements giving certain data. You have to decide whether the data given
in the statements are sufficient for answering the question ? Mark answer-
(1) If statement I alone is sufficient but statement II alone is not sufficient.
(2) If statement II alone is sufficient but statement I alone is not sufficient.
(3) If each statement alone (either I or II) is sufficient.
(4) If statement I and II together are not sufficient.
(5) If both statements I and II together are sufficient, but neither statement alone is sufficient.
Q.1. Is 12 is one of the number in 13 consecutive even numbers.
Statement I. Difference between first and least numbers is 24.
Statement II. Average of the set is zero.
Q.2. In a school, 35% girls and 19% boys participated in singing. Number of students in the school is 700. How many
boys are there in the school?
Statement I. In school number of boys are 200 more than number of girls
Statement II. In singing 45 more boys participated than girls
Q.3. Is a>0?
Statement I. (a+b)² < (a-b)²
Statement II. 2a+2b < 2a-2b
Q.4. What is the rate of interest per annum?
Statement I. A sum becomes double to itself at SI in 4 years
Statement II. The difference between CI and SI on an amount of Rs. 10,000 in 2 years is Rs.625
Q.5. What is the circumference of a circle?
Statement I. Area of circle is half of the area of square.
Statement II. Ratio of the perimeters of square and circle is 2:1
Q.6. What is the present age of Vijay?
Statement I. Present age of Vijay and his wife are in the ratio of 13:11
Statement II. After 5 years his age is 6 years more than his wife.
Q.7. The average weight of A, B, C, D and E is?
Statement I. Average weight of A, B and C is 30 kg.
Statement II. Average weight of C, D and E is 40 kg.
Q.8. Is c >0?
Statement I. (b² -4ac) > 0
Statement II. 4ac <0
Q.9. A car dealer sold 80% of the cars in its inventory during September. What was the total revenue from the sales of
cars?
Statement I. All but 60 cars in the showroom inventory were sold during September.
Statement II. Cars were sold for an average price of Rs.4.5 lakh during September.
Q.10. Did Incumbent P get over 60% of the vote?
Statement I. Challenger M got 39% of the vote
Statement II. Incumbent P got 40000 of the total votes cast
Q.11. How much money did X invest?
Statement I. An increase in the Simple Interest from 39/8 % to 41/8 % per annum increases his yearly income
by 25%.
Statement II. The sum invested gets doubled, when invested at 8% per annum for 25/2 year.
Q.12. For a certain bottle and cork, what is the price of the cork?
Statement I. The combined price of the bottle and the cork is Rs.95
Statement II. The price of the bottle is Rs.75 more than the price of the cork.
Q.13. A man sales mobile sets as profit of 20%. How much total amount he gains in profit?:
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(2) Average of the set is zero: in that case 12 must be From Statement I, Increased Rate of interest =
there in the set. (41/8) – (39/8) = 2/8 =1/4
Q.2.(1) 700= B+G---------(i) x×(1/4)×(1/100) = 25 ⇒ x=10000
B - G = 200 ---------(ii) From Statement II, we can’t find x.
adding (i) and (ii) Q.12.(5) if the data in both the statements I and II together
B = 450 are necessary to answer the question.
Q.3.(5) If the data given in both statements I & II together From Statement II, Let the price of cork be x, then
are necessary to answer the question the price of the bottle = (x+75)
R =25% can be determined from either of the Q.13.(3) SP = 18000, Profit = Rs. 3000
statements CP = 15000
Q.5.(4) If the data given in Both Statements I & II are not Total profit = Rs. 3000 × 20 = Rs. 60000
sufficient to answer the question Q.14.(2) Only II sufficient
No values of radius and side can be find out from 4:3:1=P:Q:R
above statements
Q.15.(4) Nither I nor II are sufficient
Q.6.(5) If the data given in both statements I & II together
are necessary to answer the question From I and II we cannot find the exact Sita’s
V/W = 13/11 present age
V = w+5 Q.16.(3) From the statement IV, it is clear that the poly-
V=39. gon is a rectangle. Thus, statements I and IV are
similar.
Q.7.(4)
Q.8.(4) If the data given in Both Statements I & II are not To find the dimensions of the polygon, either I,
sufficient to answer the question Statement I II and III or II, III and IV are sufficient.
b² > 4ac Q.17.(5) From statement (1),
c could be either positive or negative x+y
V1+V2 =
Q.9.(5) Let total no of cars in September = x 24
From statement (2),
From Statement I – 20% of x = 60 (Cars that are
not sold) V1 V2 = 14
= Rs.4.5 lakh
Now we have 3 variables and 3 equations so all
From Statement I & II – The total revenue from 3 statements together are sufficient.
the sales of cars = 240 × 4.5 lakh = 1080 lakh
Q.10.(1) If the data in statement I alone is sufficient to Q.18.(5) From statement (1),
answer the question. xy = 20
From Statement I, P got 61% of the vote which is
From statement (2)
over 60%.
Q.11.(1) If the data in statement I alone is sufficient to x>y=1
answer the question. From statement (3),
Invested amount – x
x+y=9
158 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Here its seems that answer can be find but on We can not reach any certain conclusion from
solving we get two 2 digit numbers that is 54 and statement (III)
45. Hence all three together are not sufficient Q.21.(3) From statement (I)
Q.19.(1) From statements (I) and (II), b +c
a=
2
125% of 12% of profit = 24000 b+c =2a = 10
From statement (III) but from statement (II) and (III) we can not reach
3/4 of profit = 15000 any certain conclusion.
Hence statement III or (I and II) together are suf- Q.22.(5)
ficient. Q.23.(2)
Q.20.(1) From statement (I) Q.24.(3)
Q.25.(3)
Any product of three consecutive positive intigers
Q.26.(2)
will be always divisible by 6.
Q.27.(4)
From statement (II)
Q.28.(1) From III, we can get the speed of train and in
If x2 is divisible by 36 then x will be always divis- statement II distance is given. Therefore we can
ible by 6. find the required time from II and III.
CHAPTER
DATA
20
INTERPRETATION
It is difficult when we find 64% of 75 but if we find
Data Interpretation
3
By interpretation of data we mean understanding, organising ( 75% = )
4
and drawing appropriate conclusions from the given data. 3
In these days, Data Interpretation is an important aspect of 75% of 64 = × 64 = 3 × 16 = 48
4
almost every competitive examination. Usually, a table or a
We easily get the required answer.
bar diagram or a pie-chart or a graph is given and candidates
are asked questions that test their ability to analyse the-data (4) % profit of a company x in various years are given
given in those forms. Through these questions, examiner below in the form of line graph-
makes an attempt to check your ability to calculate faster and 30
to comprehend complex and voluminous data.
25 25%
Unorganised and haphazard data does not make any sense
more so to top management for whom time is a very valuable 20 20%
P ro fit P e rce n t
B
10 52
20 = 180 × × = 9 .3 6
100 100
E Population of City D which is below poverty line
22
C
8 13 40
D
= 180 × × = 9 .3 6
13 100 100
Required ratio=1:1
Population below
City Q.4.(2) Population of City G which is above poverty line
poverty line
A 48%
B 45% 9 50
= 180 × × = 8 .1 0
C 35% 100 100
D 40% Population of City A which is below poverty line
E 55%
F 45%
G 50% 10 48
= 180 × × = 8 .6 4
Q.1. What is the population of City C which is above 100 100
poverty line? (in lakhs)
8 .1 0
(1) 8.44 (2) 10.24 (3) 9.15 Required percent= ×1 0 0 % ≈ 9 4 %
(4) 7.96 (5) None of these 8 .6 4
Q.2. What is the difference between the population of Q.5.(1) Population of City B which is below poverty line
City E which is below poverty line and that which
is above poverty line? (in lakhs)
20 45
(1) 2.96 (2) 3.24 (3) 3.96 = 180 × × = 1 6 .2 0
(4) 2.24 (5) None of these 100 100
Q.3. What is the ratio of the population of City A which Population of City D which is below poverty line
is above poverty line to the population of City D
which is below poverty line?
(1) 3:2 (2) 2:3 (3) 4:5 13 40
= 180 × × = 9 .3 6
(4) 5:4 (5) None of these 100 100
Q.4. The population of City G which is above poverty 1 6 .2 − 9 .3 6
line approximately what per cent of the population Required percent= ×1 0 0 % ≈ 7 3 %
of City A which is below poverty line?
9 .3 6
Q.2. The average number of Arts graduate employees Q.3.(1) The percentage of commerce graduate and Arts
and commerce graduate employees in Company Q graduate employees in company M
was 312. What was the total number of employees = 100 – 32 = 68%
in Company Q?
Now, the percentage of Arts graduate employees
(1) 920 (2) 960 (3) 1120
(4) 1040 (5) 1080 = =28%
(1) 224 (2) 266 (3) 294 Number of Science graduate employees in
(4) 252 (5) 168 company N in December 2018
Q.5.(1) 1 + 1 + 1
5 3 24 30 x
(1) 24 hours (2) 26 hours
8 5
1
=
8
1 1
(3) 27 hours (4) 26 hours
3 2 on solving above equation, we get
(5) None of these
x = 20
EXERCISE
Q.1-5. Study the following table and answer the questions that follow:
The table represents the total sales value (in lakhs) of five books P, Q, R, S and T across eight bookstores A, B,
C, D, E, F, G and H.
BOOKS BOOK STORES
A B C D E F G H
P 560 590 210 670 560 680 420 460
Q 550 560 890 230 820 610 520 230
R 450 290 540 530 500 520 560 410
S 230 240 560 400 430 200 210 480
T 230 400 410 240 200 360 500 470
Q.1. What is the ratio the total sales values of Book P across all the bookstores and Book S across all the bookstores?
(1) 83 : 55 (2) 85 : 53 (3) 83 : 53 (4) 89 : 55 (5) None of these
Q.2. The sale of the book R from Bookstore H is what per cent of the total sale of Book R across all the bookstores
(rounded off to two places after the decimal)?
(1) 21.12 (2) 17.19 (3) 7.43 (4) 3.04 (5) 10.79
Q.3. What is the average sale (in lakh) of Bookstore E?
(1) 502 (2) 504 (3) 512 (4) 540 (5) None of these
Q.4. Book Q constituted approximately what per cent of the total sales of Bookstore C?
(1) 34 (2) 39 (3) 32 (4) 23 (5) 28
Q.5. What is the total sales value (in lakh) of Bookstore D?
(1) 2510 (2) 2670 (3)2900 (4) 2070 (5) None of these
Q.6-10. The table shows the Cost Price of 5 products divided in 3 costs: Production Cost, Transportation Cost and Pack-
aging Cost, the selling price, profit/loss and profit%/loss%. Some values are missing. Find the answers based on
information in table.
1
Q.6. If the percentage of profit on selling product A is 9 % , then what is its cost of packaging?
11
(1) 174 (2) 164 (3) 179 (4) 156 (5) None of these
Q.7. What is the difference between the selling price of products B and C, if the cost of transportation of C is Rs 16 and
both are sold at profit?
(1) 54.90 (2) 61.12 (3) 69.44 (4) 59.60 (5) None of these
Q.8. Suppose all the prices are given for per kg of a product. What amount of product B will have to add to 54 kg of
product E such that the resultant product has cost price of Rs 125.
(1) 60 (2) 45 (3) 50 (4) 40 (5) None of these
Q.9. What is the percentage profit (approximate) on selling product D if its selling price is 80% of the selling price of
B?
(1) 20% (2) 30% (3) 25% (4) 22.5% (5) 33%
700 650 45
600 40
550
35
500
(In Percentage)
30
384 392
(In Rupees)
400 25
288 290
300 20
15
200
10
100 5
0 0
P Q R S T U
Axis Title
Selling Price P%
Q.11. The cost price of article P is approximately what percentage more/less than the cost price of article U?
(1) 23 % less (2) 14 % less (3) 14 % more (4) 8 % more (5) 23 % more
Q.12. Manoj sold an article S to Kamran who again sold it at 25 % profit. Find the difference between the profits earned
by Manoj to that of Kamran?
(1) Rs. 14 (2) Rs. 18 (3) Rs. 24 (4) Rs. 30 (5) None of these
Q.13. Rajesh marked an article Q, which is Rs. 60 above the cost price. How much discount percentage should be given
on marked price to earn the given profit?
(1) 5% (2) 8% (3) 12% (4) 17.5% (5) None of these
Q.14. Find the average cost price of the article P, Q, R and S together.
(1) Rs. 250 (2) Rs. 350 (3) Rs. 300 (4) Rs. 330 (5) None of these
Q.15-19. Read the given bar graph and answer the following questions.
50 00
40 00 20 08
20 09
30 00
20 10
20 00 20 11
20 12
10 00
0
SBI PNB BOB UCO OBC
Q.20. In how many of the given years were the exports more than imports ?
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4 (5) None of these
Q.21. The imports were minimum proportionate to the exports of the Company in the year
(1) 2013 (2) 2011 (3) 2012 (4) 2016 (5) None of these
Q.22. If the imports of a company in 2012 was Rs. 272 crores, the exports from the company in 2012 was
(1) Rs 120 Crores (2) Rs 220 Crores (3) Rs 320 Crores (4) Rs 420 Crores (5) None of these
Q.23. What was the percentage increase in imports from 2013 to 2014 ?
(1) 70 (2) 72 (3) 74 (4) Data Inadequate (5) None of these
Q.24. If the imports in 2014 was Rs. 250 crores and the total exports in years 2014 and 2015 together was Rs 500 crores,
then the imports in 2015 was
(1) 320 Crore (2) 420 Crore (3) 520 Crore (4) 620 Crore (5) None of these
60
55 55
50
45 45 45
40 40
35
30
25
A B
Q.25. In the year 2013 the income of company A was Rs. 261000 and income of company B was Rs. 256500. Find the
difference of their expenditures.
(1) 15000 (2) 12000 (3) 10000 (4) 17500 (5) None of these
Q.26. Company A spent Rs. 185000 in the year 2011. Find out the profit of company A in that year after 18% tax payment
on total income?
(1) 28580 (2) 32450 (3) 27380 (4) 25290 (5) None of these
Q.27. If the expenditure of both the companies A and B in the year 2015 was same, then what was the ratio between the
incomes of company A to Company B?
(1) 8 : 7 (2) 7 : 8 (3) 5 : 4 (4) 4 : 5 (5) None of these
Q.28. In which of the following years was there maximum percentage of growth/decline with respect to the previous year
in case of company A?
(1) Years 2012 (2) Years 2015 (3) Years 2011
(4) Years 2016 (5) Can not be determined
Q.29-33.Study the graphs carefully to answer the questions that follow.
Total number of children in 6 different schools and the percentage of girls in them
35 00
30 00
N um ber of childrens
25 00
20 00
15 00
10 00
50 0
0
P Q R S T U
S chool
50
45
40
P ercentage of girls
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
P Q R S T U
S chool
Q.29. What is the total percentage of boys in schools R and U together? (rounded off to two digits after decimal)
(1) 78.55 (2) 72.45 (3) 76.28 (4) 75.83 (5) None of these
Q.30. What is the total number of boys in school T?
(1) 500 (2) 600 (3) 750 (4) 850 (5) None of these
Q.31. The total number of students in school R, is approximately what per cent of the total number of students in school
S?
(1) 89 (2) 75 (3) 78 (4) 82 (5) 94
Q.32. What is the average number of boys in schools P and Q together?
(1) 1425 (2) 1575 (3) 1450 (4) 1625 (5) None of these
Q.33. What is the respective ratio of the number of girls in schools P to the number of girls in school Q?
(1) 27 : 20 (2) 17 : 21 (3) 20 : 27 (4) 21 : 17 (5) None of these
Q.34-38. The annual rate of interest offered by the two Companies P and Q over the years are shown by the line graph
provided below.
Rate of interest
12
10
9.5
10 9 9
8 8 8 8
7.5
8 7
6.5 6.5
6
6
4
4
0
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
Company P Company Q
R atio betw een production and consum ption of w heat, rice and
pulses in different years in india
2
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
20 12 20 13 20 14 20 15 20 16
Q.39. If in the year 2013 the production of rice is 15 ton and in the year 2014 the consumption of pulses is 14 ton. Find
the ratio between consumption of rice in the year 2013 and production of pulses in the year 2014.
(1) 7 :5 (2) 5 : 7 (3) 4 : 5 (4) 9 : 7 (5) 7 : 9
Q.40. If in the year 2014 the consumption of rice and wheat is same. Find the ratio of production of rice and wheat in the
same year.
(1) 3:7 (2) 4 : 7 (3) 7 : 4 (4) 7 : 3 (5) Data inadequate
Q.41. If in the year 2012 the production of pulses is 21 ton and consumption of rice is 20 ton. How much % the consump-
tion of pulses in 2012 is more/less than production of rice in same year.
(1) 24% (2) 25% (3) 45% (4) 60% (5) 55%
Q.42. If export=production-consumption then find the % change of export of rice in the year 2015 as compare to previ-
ous year.
(1) 100% (2) 50% (3) 50% (4) No change (5) Data inadequate
Aditya 78 – – 70.5
Puskar 92 76 – –
Anshuman 98 – 36 –
Alka – 30 – 27.25
Avanish 56 – – 53.50
Q.49. Difference between total right number of questions of all students together and total wrong no. of questions of all
students together is
(1) 141 (2) 161 (3) 223 (4) 156 (5) None of these
Q.50. Marks obtained by Aditya and Puskar together is what % of the marks obtained by Anshuman, Avanish and Alka
together? (rounded off to 2 decimal places)
(1) 106.54% (2) 91.16% (3) 95.20% (4) 96.71% (5) 101.71%
Q.51. If the penalty of wrong answer is 0.33 then marks obtained by Aditya, Anshuman and Puskar together is
(1) 192.21 (2) 224.19 (3) 190.86 (4) 219.14 (5) 194.22
Q.52. If the passing % marks in the exam is 50 marks than at least how many questions has to be answered right by
Puskar? (He attempted 92 questions)
(1) 58 (2) 56 (3) 59 (4) 55 (5) 60
Q.53. What is the percent of marks obtained by all of them together?
(1) 59.03% (2) 53.15% (3) 52.53%
(4) 45.05% (5) 55.25%
The premises of an office are to be renovated. The renovation is in terms of flooring. Certain areas are to be floored
either with tiles or wooden flooring. All rooms/halls and pantry are rectangular. The area to be renovated comprises
of a hall for customer care executive measuring 24 m by 18 m, team leader’s room measuring 12 m by 15 m, a
pantry measuring 18 m by 16 m, a server room measuring 21 m by 14 m and cafeteria area measuring 26 m by 22
m. The total area of the office is 1950 square meters. The cost of wooden flooring is 175/- per square meter and
the cost of tiles flooring is 160/- per square meter. The cafeteria area, server room and pantry are to be floored with
tiles. Team leader’s room and the hall for customer care executive are to be floored with wooden flooring. No other
area is to be renovated in terms of flooring.
Q.54. What is the difference between the total cost of wooden flooring and total cost of tiles flooring (in Rs.)?
(1) 120800 (2) 84375 (3) 77540 (4) 62500 (5) None of these
Q.55. If the four walls and ceiling of the team leader’s room (the height of the room is 8 meter) are to be painted at the
cost of 180/- per square meter, how much will be the total cost of renovation of the team leader’s room including
the cost of flooring? (Note-you have not to consider any left area for door or window)
(1) 142560 (2) 112800 (3) 108600 (4) 132000 (5) None of these
Q.56. If the remaining area of the office is to be carpeted at the rate of 175/- per square meter, how much will be the
increment in the total cost of renovation of office premises?
(1) 32200 (2) 30450 (3) 39750 (4) 44800 (5) None of these
Q.57. What is the approximate percentage area of the office that is not to be renovated?
(1) 11.11% (2) 10.52% (3) 9.44% (4) 6.94% (5) 12.35%
Q.58. What is the total cost of renovation of the hall for customer care executive and the cafeteria area?
(1) 162820 (2) 167120 (3) 159080 (4) 175200 (5) None of these
Q.59.-63. Read the following pie-chart carefully and answer the questions asked.
Population distribution of states in two years
Total population in 2016=50 Lakhs
Tamilnadu
Karnataka
12%
15%
Andhra
Pradesh
9% Uttarpradesh
20%
Maharastra
11%
Kerala
8% Bihar
25%
Karnataka Tamilnadu
15% 20%
Andhra
Pradesh
8%
Uttarpradesh
Maharastra 12%
12%
Kerala
10% Bihar
23%
Q.59. What is the respective ratio of population of Tamil Nadu in 2016 to that of 2017?
(1) 8:13 (2) 17:29 (3) 15:28 (4) 15:31 (5) None of these
Q.60. What was the approximate difference between percent increase in population of Bihar and Kerala from 2016 to
2017?
(1) 32% (2) 41% (3) 28% (4) 37% (5) 51%
Q.61. What is difference between population of Tamil Nadu in 2016 and Karnataka in year 2017?
(1) 280000 (2) 240000 (3) 180000 (4) 320000 (5) None of these
Q.62. If in 2018 population of Bihar is increased by 15% whereas the population of Uttar Pradesh is decreased by 12%
as compared to previous year, Find the sum of population of these two states in 2018.
(1) 2072560 (2) 2284320 (3) 3122450 (4) 1844620 (5) None of these
Q.63. Find the difference of central angle of Uttar Pradesh and Kerala in 2016.
(1) 17.20 (2) 32.40 (3) 44.40 (4) 30.80 (5) None of these
Q.64.68.Study the following information carefully to answer the questions asked.
The following bar graph represents the exports (in Cr Rs.) and imports (in Cr Rs.) of five countries in 2016.
Import and Export of five countries
Import Export
350
296
300 280
270 264
240
250
200
200
156 150
144
150
100
100
50
0
Pakistan Bangladesh China Bhutan India
Q.64. Find the respective ratio between Import of China in 2017 and export of Bhutan in 2017.
(1) 32:17 (2) 32:19 (3) 35:23 (4) 19:17 (5) None of these
Q.65. Imports of all the countries together in 2016 is what percent of the exports of all the countries together in 2016?
(1) 112.57% (2) 108.59% (3) 106.22% (4) 123.15% (5) 119.62%
Q.66. Find the sum of the imports of the Pakistan and Bangladesh in 2017 and exports of the China and Bhutan in 2017.
(1) Rs. 626 crore (2) Rs. 616 crore (3) Rs. 606 crore (4) Rs. 636 crore (5) None of these
Q.67. Find the difference between the sum of Import and Export of India in 2016 and that in 2017. (in crore)
(1) 70 (2) 62 (3) 74 (4) 80 (5) None of these
Q.68. Import of China in 2017 is approximately what percent more/less than the export of the same country in same
year?
(1) 221% (2) 427% (3) 369% (4) 327% (5) 411%
Q.69-73. Read the following informations carefully to answer the questions asked-
There are three sections in class 12 and students are given two choices weather to choose Science or Art as one of
optional subject. Related informations are given as below-
4
(1) In section C there are total 66 girls out of which 45 % girls choose Arts which is 20 less than number of
9
boys choosing Arts in same section.
(2) Ratio of boys choosing Science to boys choosing Arts in section C is 24:25.
(3) In section B, 12 more boys and 9 more girls choose Science as compared to section C.
(4) In section B, 40 boys choose Arts which is 20% less than number of girls choosing Arts in same section.
(5) Overall 188 boys and 121 girls choose science.
(6) Total number of students taking all three sections together is 604.
(7) Ratio of boys and girls choosing Art in section C is 11:14 respectively.
Q.69. Find the total number of girls who choose art.
(1) 120 (2) 145 (3) 150 (4) 175 (5) None of these
Q.70. Find the total number of students in section B.
(1) 175 (2) 195 (3) 205 (4) 185 (5) None of these
Q.71. Find difference of boys who choose Science in section A and number of girls who choose art in section B.
(1) 20 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) 15 (5) None of these
Q.72. In section A number of boys is approximately how much percent less/more than the number of girls in same sec-
tion?
(1) 22.7% (2) 30.2% (3) 25.6% (4) 21.2% (5) 24.4%
Q.73. Find the ratio of girls choosing Art and Science respectively.
(1) 135:111 (2) 150:121 (3) 73:51 (4) 19:13 (5) None of these
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(1) Total sales values of Book P across all the SP = 110, loss% = 10%
bookstores
So CP of E = 100/90 × 110 = Rs 122 (2/9)
= 560 + 590 + 210 + 670 + 560 + 680 + 420 +
460 = 4150 Using method of alligation
Total sales value of Book S across all the
bookstores (x kg)…………………………(54 kg)
= 230 + 240 + 560 + 400 + 430 + 200 + 210 Rs 128 Rs 122 (2/9)
+480 = 2750
Ratio = 4150: 2750= 83 : 55 Rs 125
Q.2.(5) Total sales values of Book R across all (25/9) (3)=25:27
bookstores
= 450 + 290 + 540 + 530 + 500 + 520 + 560 + So
410 = 3800
Here 27=54
Sales of book R from Bookstore H is 410.
percent of books from Bookstore H 1=2
410 25=50
= × 1 0 0 = 10.789 =10.79
3800
Q.9.(2) SP of B = 130/100 × 128= Rs 166.4
Q.3.(1) Average sales of Bookstore E
SP of D = 80/100 × 166.4 = Rs 133.12
= (560+820+500+430+200)/5= 502
Q.4.(1) Total sales of Bookstore C= 210 + 890 + 540 + CP of D = 60+12+30 = Rs 102
560 + 410 = 2610
So profit% = 31.12/102 × 100 = 30%
Sales value of Q in Bookstore C = 890
890 Q.10.(4) CP (2 kg of A + 3 kg of C + 4 kg of E) = 2×286
percent of Q in C = 2 6 1 0 × 1 0 0 = 34%
+ 3×120 + 4×122 = Rs 1420
Person taking loan from PNB in 2010= 2000 Let the exports in the year 2014
Total desired defaulters = 230 + 400 = 630 Then, the exports in the year 2015
Required answer=212380-185000=27380
Q.20.(4) Clearly the exports are more than the imports
implies that the ratio of value of imports to Q.27.(2) Required ratio = 7 : 8
exports in less than 1.
So years are 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2016. So Q.28.(5) Can not be determined
these are four years
Q.29.(5) Number of boys in school R and U together
Q.21.(1) Clearly from the line graph we can judge it is
minimum in year 2013. 2 0 0 0 × 7 7 .5 8 7 .5
+ 1000 ×
100 100
Q.22.(3) We are given with the ratio of imports and
exports in the line graph. = 1550 + 875 = 2425
180 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
∴Required percentage (30 - x) lakhs.
2425 Total interest received from the two Companies
= × 1 0 0 = 8 0 .8 3 %
3000 after 1 year
Q.30.(3) Number of boys in school T = Rs. [(7.5% of x) + {9% of (30 - x)}] lakhs
1250 × 60 2.7–1.5% of x = 2.43
= = 750
100
1.5% of x = 0.27
Q.31.(1) Total number of students in school R x = 18
= 2000 Q.37.(1) Amount received from Company P on investing
Rs. 12 lakhs after one year
Total number of students in school S
= Rs. [12 + (8% of 12)] lakhs
= 2250
∴Required percentage = Rs. 12.96 lakhs.
2000 Amount received from Company P on investing
×100 ≈ 89
2250 Rs. 12.96 lakhs after one year
Bhutan 220 242 144 152 Sum of Import and Export of INDIA in 2017
CHAPTER
21 MENSURATION
Regular Ploygon :- A polygon that has all sides and all
Mensuration
interior angles equal.
Mensuration is the branch of mathematics which deals with
the study of different geometrical shapes, their area and Convex Polygon :- A convex polygon is defined as a polygon
volume. In the broadest sense, it is all about the process of with all its interior angle less than 180o.
measurement. It is based on the use of algebraic equations B
and geometric calculations to provide measurement data
regarding the width, depth and volume of a given object or A C
group of objects. While the measurement results obtained by
the use of mensuration are usually considered very accurate. D
There are two types of geometric shapes :
Concave Polygon :- A polygon that has one or more interior
1. 2D : Those figures have two dimension is called 2D figures. angle greater than 180o.
like- square, rectangle, parallelogram, rhombus,
triangle, trapezoid, circle etc. D C
2. 3D : Those figures have three dimension are called
3D figures. like- cube, rectangular prism (cuboid),
cylinder, cone, sphere, hemisphere, prism, pyramid A B
etc.
Properties of polygon :-
Polygon :- A polygon is a closed, plane figure bounded by
‘n’ straight lines (n > 3). Each of the n line segments forming (n = number of sides in polygon)
the polygon is called its sides. 1. Sum of interior and exterior angle is 180o.
C
2. Sum of interior angles of polygon is (n–2)×180o.
B D
3. Sum of the exterior angles of polygon is 360o.
4. Each interior angle of regular polygon is
A E
Type of polygon No. of side (n − 2 ) × 1 8 0
Triangle 3 n
Quadrilateral 4 5. Each exterior angle of regular polygon
Pentagon 5
Hexagon 6 3600
=
Heptagon 7 n
6. Number of diagonals of a polygon
Octagon 8
Nonagon 9 n (n − 3 )
=
Decagon 10 2
[Plane Figures]
Plane figures are flat two dimenstional shape. A plane figure can be made of straight lines, curved lines, or both straight and
curved lines. Ex. Square, Rectangle and Triangle etc.
In mathematics there are many plane figures which is listed below along with formulas.
Equilateral a → equal 1 3a
4. (i) ×a×h
triangle sides 2
h → height or
a h a 3 2
altitude (ii) a
3 4
h = a
a 2
Isosceles a → equal 1 2a+b
5.
triangle sides (i) ×b×h
2
b → base
a a h → height or 1
h (ii) 4
× b × 4a 2 − b 2
altitude
4a 2 − b 2
b h =
2
Right angled b → base 1 b+h+a
6. ×b×a
triangle a → altitude/height 2
a h
h = h y p o t e n u s e
900 h = a2 + b2
b
a → equal sides 2
7. Isosceles right angled a b 1 2 b 2a + b
b → other side a =
triangle 2
900 b = a 2 4
a
D C
AC is the diagonal and
8. Quadrilateral h1 h1, h2 are the altitudes on AB+BC+CD+AD
1
h2 AC from the vertices D × A C × (h 1 + h 2 )
and B respectively. 2
A B
a
10. Rhombus D C a- length of each side of
d 1 90 0 rhombus
a 90 0 d1 and d2 are the diago- 1 4a or 2 d 12 + d 22
90 0 a × d1 × d 2
nals
d 2 90
0 2
d1 → BD
A a B d2 → AC
1 2 2
a= d1 + d 2
2
11. Trapezium D b C
a and b are parallel sides a + b × h AB+BC+CD+AD
to each other and h is the 2
h perpendicular distance
between parallel sides.
A a B
a
12. Regular hexagon a 3 3 2 6a
a
a
a → length of each side 2
a a
a
a a
13. Regular
a a a → length of each side (
2a 2 1 + 2 ) 8a
octagon
a a
a a
Circle πr2
14. r → radius of the circle 2πr (called as cir-
cumference)
15. Semicircle 1 2 36
r → radius of the circle πr r (π+2) = r
2 7
O→ centre of the θ
circle πr2 3 6 0 o l+2r
18. Sector of a circle
O r → radius
θ
r l→ length of the arc
l θ→ angle of the sec-
A
tor
B
l θ
l → 2πr
3 6 0 o
Area of segment
19. Segment of a circle θ → angle of the sec-
O tor ACB (minor seg- 2r πθ o + sin θ
r 360 2
r → radius ment)
A B AB → chord πθ sin θ
= r2 3 6 0 o −
ACB → arc of the 2
C
circle
l l → length 2(l+b) - 4w
(l+b – w)w
20. Pathways running parallel W b → breadth
inside to sides of a rectanlge w → width of the path
W W
(road)
b
W
W l → length (Other)→2(l+b)
22. Inner path (l+b–2w) 2w
W b → breadth (inner)→2(l+b-4w)
b
w → width of the path
l
Solid Figures
Solid figures are three dimensional objects what this mean is that solid figures which have a length a width and a height
(depth).
Ex. Computer, Laptop, phone etc.
In mathematics there are many solid figures among few are is listed below along with formulas.
S. NO. Name Figure Nomenclature Volume Curved/ Total
Lateral surface
surface area area
1. Cuboid l → length lbh 2(l+b)h 2(lb+bh+hl)
h
b → breadth
b
l h → height
a
2. Cube a→ e d g e / s i d e a3 4a2 6a2
a
a
r
l h r→ radius
4. Right circular 1 2 πrl πr(l+r)
h→ height πr h
cone 3
r
l → slant height
l = r2 + h2
r
r → smaller radiusπ 2
(r +Rr+R2) π(r+R)l lateral sur-
Frustum of a h l R→ layer radius 3
5. face area +
cone l→ slant height π[R2+r2]
h→ height
R
l= ( R − r ) + h2
2
4 3
6. Sphere r→ radius πr 4πr2 4πr2
r 3
7. Hemisphere r 2 3
πr 2πr2 3πr2
r→ radius 3
1 lateral surface
10. Right pyramid ×area of 1
3 ×perimeter area + area of
S la nt
he igh t
2 base
base × height of base × slant
height
3 ( sid e )
1 2
(h ) = × 6 × sid e 1 3 3 2
× 2 × (sid e )
(sid e )
3
3
12
11. Tetrahedron 1 4
r= × 6 × sid e
12
1
R = × 6 × sid e
4
(Where h height, r
inradius R circum-
radius)
Ex. The perimeter of a square is equal to the perimeter = 2 (520+ 182 + 140)
of a rectangle of length 14 cm and breadth 20 cm. = 2 × 842
Find the area of a semicircle (approx.) whose radius
is equal to the side of the square. (in sq.cm.) = 1684 cm2
EXERCISE
Q.1. What will be the area of trapezium whose parallel sides are 22 cm and 16 cm long, and the distance between them
is 11 cm?
(1) 209 cm2 (2) 282 cm2 (3) 265 cm2 (4) 179 cm2 (5) 302 cm2
Q.2. The perimeter of a rectangle is 42 m. If the area of the square formed on the diagonal of the rectangle as its side is
1
1 % more than the area of the rectangle, find the longer side of the rectangle.
12
(1) 19 m (2) 16 m (3) 9 m (4) 5 m (5) 12 m
Q.3. At the rate of Rs. 2 per sq m, cost of painting a rectangular floor is Rs 5760. If the length of the floor is 80% more
than its breadth, then what is the length of the floor?
(1) 25 m (2) 72 m (3) 67 m (4) 56 m (5) 46 m
Q.4. A 7 m wide path is to be made around a circular garden having a diameter of 7 m. What will be the area of the path
in square metre?
(1) 298 (2) 256 (3) 308 (4) 365 (5) 387
Q.5. The perimeter of a rectangle of length 62 cm and breadth 50 cm is four times perimeter of a square. What will be
the circumference of a semicircle whose diameter is equal to the side of the given square?
(1) 36 cm (2) 25 cm (3) 29 cm (4) 17 cm (5) 16 cm
Q.6. If the four equal circles of diameter is 6 meter touches its adjacent circle, then find the area of the region bounded
by the four circles.
(1) (35 - 9π) m2 (2) (36 - 8π) m2 (3) (36 - 9π) m2 (4) (25 - 9π) m2 (5) None of these
Q.7. The respective ratio of curved surface area and total surface area of a cylinder is 4:5. If the curved surface area of
the cylinder is 1232 cm2. What is the height?
(1) 14 cm (2) 28 cm (3) 7 cm (4) 56 cm (5) 24 cm
Q.8. A rectangular sheet of paper, when halved by folding it at mid-point of its longer side, results in a rectangle, whose
longer and shorter sides are in the same proportion as the longer and shorter sides of the original rectangle. If the
shorter side of the original rectangle is 2 unit, what is the area of the smaller rectangle?
(1) 1 2 sq. unit (2) 2 2 sq. unit (3) 4 2 sq. unit (4) Data inadequate (5) None of these
Q.9. Perimeter of a square and rectangle is equal. If length and breadth of rectangle are 12 cm and 10 cm respectively.
The area of square is what % more than that of rectangle?
(1) 5/6 % (2) 3/4 % (3) 2/3 % (4) 1% (5) None of these
Q.10. What is the volume of a cylinder whose curved surface area is 1408 cm and height is 16 cm?
2
(1) 7715 cm3 (2) 9340 cm3 (3) 8722 cm3 (4) 7346 cm3 (5) 9856 cm3
Q.11. The radii of two cylinders are in the ratio 3 : 2 and their curved surface areas are in the ratio 3 : 5. What is the ratio
of their volumes?
(1) 8 : 11 (2) 5 : 9 (3) 7 : 4 (4) 9 : 10 (5) 13 : 7
Q.12. A square park has a 2 m wide cross road in middle of it. If the side of park is 100 m then find the remaining area
of the park.
(1) 9650 m2 (2) 9596 m2 (3) 9600 m2 (4) 9604 m2 (5) None of these
Q.13. A car has wheels of diameter 70 m. How many revolutions can the wheel complete in 20 minutes if the car is
travelling at a speed of 110 m/s?
(1) 550 (2) 580 (3) 630 (4) 640 (5) 600
Q.14. A clock has its minute hand of length 7 cm. What area will it swept in covering 10 minutes?
(1) 32.17 cm2 (2) 25.67 cm2 (3) 45.45 cm2 (4) 41.23 cm2 (5) None of these
Q.15. The height of the cone is 24 cm and radius of cone is 7 cm . Find its volume.
2
(1) 1200 cm3 (2) 1232 cm3 (3) 1240 cm3 (4) 1260 cm3 (5) 1262 cm3
initially was?
(1) 5 (2) 4 (3) 6 (4) 8 (5) 10
Q.17. If the perimeter of square, circle, rectangle are equal. Then whose area is largest?
(1) Circle (2) Square (3) Rectangle
(4) All are equal (5) Can not determined
Q.18. A rectangular plot of grass is 50 m long and 40 m broad. From the center of each side a path of 3 m wide goes
across the center of the opposite side. Find the area of path?
(1) 270 (2) 280 (3) 251 (4) 261 (5) None of these
Q.19. The circumference of a circular garden is 1320 m.Find the area. Outside the garden, a road of 2 m width runs
around it. What is the area of this road and calculate the cost of gravelling it at the rate of 50 paise per sq. m .
(1) 2500.15 m2, Rs.1500.15 (2) 2652.57 m2, Rs.1326.285 (3) 2541.14 m2, Rs.1600.47
(4) 3245.78 m2, Rs.2000 (5) 4157.12 m2, Rs.1452.11
Q.20. A square shape of park of area 23,104 sq. m is to be enclosed with wire placed at heights 1,2,3,4 m above the
ground . Find required length of the wire ,,if its length required for each circuit is 10% greater than the perimeter
of the field ?
(1) 2675.2 m (2) 2145.12 m (3) 2750 m (4) 2478.11 m (5) 2400.5 m
Q.21. If the radius of the circular field is equal to the side of a square field .If the difference between the area of the
circular field and area of the square field is 5145 sq. m ,then calculate the perimeter of the circular field?
(1) 421 m (2) 315 m (3) 310 m (4) 308 m (5) 300 m
Q.22. A rectangular plot has a concrete path running in the middle of the plot parallel to the parallel to the breadth of the
plot. The rest of the plot is used as a lawn ,which has an area of 240sq. m. If the width of the path is 3m and the
length of the plot is greater than its breadth by 2m ,what is the area of the rectangular plot(in m )?
(1) 410 m (2) 288 m (3) 250 m (4) 300 m (5) 320 m
1
Q.23. A rectangular tank of length 3 7 m internally , 12 m in breadth and 8 m in depth is full of water.Find the weight
3
of water in metric tons, given that one cubic metre of water weighs 1000kg.
(1) 3584 metric tons (2) 4500 metric tons (3) 4101 metric tons (4) 3870 metric tons (5) 5721 metric tons
Q.24. The length and the breadth of a rectangular table are increased by 1 m each and due to this the area of the table
increased by 27 sq. m. But if the length is increased by 1 m and breadth decreased by 1 m, area is decreased by 7
sq. m. Find the perimeter of the table.
(1) 45 m (2) 52 m (3) 60 m (4) 72 m (5) None of these
Q.25. The perimeter of a square is twice the perimeter of a rectangle. If the perimeter of a square is 140cms and the
length of the rectangle is 20cm. Find the breadth of the rectangle?
(1) 18 (2) 20 (3) 15 (4) 12 (5) None of these
Q.26. A room is 7.5 m long, 5.5 m broad and 5 m high. What will be the expenditure in covering the walls by paper 40
cm broad at the rate of 80 paise per metre ?
(1) Rs. 255.5 (2) Rs. 260 (3) Rs. 282.25 (4) Rs. 244 (5) None of these
Q.27. 2
Total area of a circle and a square is equal to 6350 m . The radius of a circle is 35 m. What is the difference of the
circumference of the circle and area of square ?
(1) 2260 m2 (2) 1280 m2 (3) 3280m2 (4) 2180 m2 (5) 2280 m2
Q.28. If the length of a rectangular plot is increased by 20% and the breadth of the plot is reduced by 20%, the area of
the plot is decreased by 8 m.2. What is the original area of the rectangular plot?
(1) 184 m.2 (2) 196 m.2 (3) 200 m.2 (4) 225 m.2 (5) None of these
Q.29. The ratio between the radius and height of a cone is 3:4.What is the curved surface area of the cone?
(1) 16 m2 (2) 15 m2 (3) 12 m2 (4) Data inadequate (5) None of these
Q.30. If the perimeter of a circle is increased by 30%. What will be the effect on the area of the circle?
(1) 48% increase (2) 52% increase (3) 50% decrease (4) 69% increase (5) None of these
EXERCISE Explanation
Q.1.(1) Area of a trapezium = 1/2 (sum of parallel sides) Q.6.(3)
× (perpendicular distance between them)
1
= ( 22 + 16) × 11 = 209 cm2 3m 3m
2
i.e., l ×
l 2x : 2 : : 2 : x
= 2880
1.8 x= 2
l = 72 Area of the smaller rectangle
Q.4.(3) Area of the path = Area of the outer circle – Area = 2 × 2 = 2 2 = 2 sq. unit
of the inner circle Q.9.(1) Perimeter of rectangle= 2(l + b) = 22 × 2 = 44
2 2
7 7 Perimeter of square= perimeter of rectangle
= π + 7 − π = 308 sq m
2 2 = 44
Q.5.(1) Let the side of the square be a cm. Perimeter of Side of square= 11
the rectangle = 2(62 + 50)
Area of square= 121
= 224 cm
Perimeter of the square = 56 cm i.e. Area of rectangle= 12 × 10 = 120
4a = 56 121 − 100 5
Required% = 120 × 100 = 6 %
So a = 14
Q.10.(5) 2πrh = 1408, h = 16
Diameter, d of the semicircle = 14 cm
so r = 14
Radius = 7 cm.
Volume=π r2h =(22/7) × 14 × 14 × 16= 9856 cm3
Circumference of the semicircle=πr + 2r= r(π+2)
r1 3 3
22 Q.11.(4) = or 1= × rr22
7( + 2 ) = 36 cm r2 2 2
7
192 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
stportal.mahendras.org
Again Area of the road = p×(212)2-p×(210)2
CSA1 2π r1h1 3 = p×422×2 = 2652.57 m2
=
CSA2 2π r2 h2 = Therefore , cost of gravelling
5
= 2652.57 × 0.5 = Rs.1326.285
So h1/h2 = 2/5
Q.20.(1) Perimeter = 23,104 × 4 = (152 × 4) m
Volume1/ Volume2
= πr12h1/ πr22h2 152 110
Length of each circuit = ×
4 100
= 9/10
Q.12.(4) Remaining area of the park The wire goes around 4 times ,so the total length
of the wire required
= 100×100-(100×2+100×2-2×2) =9604 cm2
110 × 20 × 60 110
= 152 × 4 × × 4 = 2675.2 m
Q.13.(5) Number of revolutions=
22
= 600
100
70 ×
7
Q.21.(4) Let the radius of the circular field and the side of
Q.14.(2) Length will be the radius, the square field be r Then,
so r = 7cm π × r 2 − r 2 = 5145
Minute hand covers 360 in 60 minutes So in 10 => r 2 ( 22 − 7 ) = 5145
o
minutes it covers = 60o 7
θ
r= × πr 2
=> r = 49 m
360
Therefore , circumference of the circular field
= 2×p×r = 308m
So area covered = 60 × 22 × 7 × 7 = 25.67 cm2
360 7 Q.22.(2) Let width be x m and length be (x+2)m
Area of path = 3x sq. m
1
Q.15.(2) Volume= π×r2 × h x(x+2) – 3x = 240
3
=> x2 – x – 240 = 0
1 22
× × 7 × 7 × 2 4 = 1 2 3 2cm 3 => x(x – 16) +15 (x – 16) = 0
3 7
=>(x – 16)(x + 15) = 0
=>x = 16
Q.16.(1) 4 π (r + 4 ) 2 − r 2 = 7 0 4 Length = 16 + 2 = 18m
On solving above equation Therefore , Area of plot = 16 × 18 = 288sq. m
r = 5cm 1 3
Q.17.(1) Circle Q.23.(1) Volume of water = 37 × 12 × 8m
3
Q.18.(4) 112
Weight of water = × 12 × 8 × 1000
50 m 3
= 3584metric tons.
Q.24.(2) Let original length = l
3m 40 m breadth = b,
So area = lb
When l and b increased by 1: (l+1)(b+1)
= lb + 27
area of road = 3×50 + 3×40 −3² = 270 −9=261 Solve, l + b = 26
Q.19.(2) Circumference of the garden = 2×p×R = 1320 When l increased by 1, b decreased by 1: (l+1)
R= 210m (b-1) = lb – 7
Outer radius = 210 +2= 212 m Solve, l – b = 6